LIBRARY OF THE THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY PRINCETON. N. J. PRESENTED BY THE AUTHOR BS 591 .F76 1924 Frost, Henry Weston, 1858- Outline Bible studies BS aa Aik a ae x, a ee eT ay ri ~ aD ba: Ss ee ir s 4 ort ee 7 di ere _ ‘ Outline Bible Studies 2 fee . ON ase a Eats 2 eee pe te re . ‘ies “OCT 4 1931 ‘Outline Bible Studies. What the Bible teaches, on 337 topics, as gleaned through a life-time of study for the meeting of personal needs BY ; Ww HENRY W. FROST, D.D. Director, for North America, of the China Inland Mission AUTHOR OF “HEART SONGS,” “THE NAZARENE, “‘MEN WHO PRAYED,” “THE 8PIRITUAL CONDITION OF THE HEATHEN,” ““MATTHEW TWENTY-FOUR AND THE REVELATION,” ETC. PHILADELPHIA THE SUNDAY SCHOOL TIMES COMPANY Copyricnt, 1924, sy Tue SunpAy Scuoou Times Company PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA A PERSONAL FOREWORD Somewhat over forty years ago I began in earnest the study of the Holy Scriptures. At first, this was carried on, in spite of earnestness, in a desultory way. But later I learned to proceed in a more methodical manner. It was thus that I was led into the habit of analyzing subjects, most of which, through the years, were chosen from the standpoint of my personal experience and in order to supply some spiritual need. The more I put my new- found process into practise the more profitable I found it to be, for it brought into my life two valuable results: first, it gave me a general view of the subjects studied, so that I saw them at large and thus as a whole; and second, it gave me a particular view of the same, so that I saw them in their various parts and thus in detail. I dis- covered in this way that Scripture is the true interpreter of Scripture, and also, that we only comprehend its truths as we secure both an extensive and intensive perception of them. Though many years have now passed since I began this method of study, I am more satisfied with it to-day than I was at the beginning. The above is the explanation of the origin and develop- ment of these Bible outlines. And it is because they have come out of soul-travail and have meant much to me in life’s advancement, that I desire to pass them on to others. As I do this, I would express the wish that they may freely be used by all persons to whom they may prove serviceable. It is my hope that ministers, evange- lists, and particularly missionaries may find them of some profit both in their personal lives and in their service for Christ. And if any missionaries feel disposed to translate some of these studies into the language of the country in which they are working and thus pass them on to their 5 6 A PERSONAL FoREWORD native pastors, evangelists and Bible-women for their benefit and use, I shall be profoundly thankful to God. In committing .these “Outlines” to my readers, may I do so in the language of the apostle Paul: “Study to shew thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth’; “And now, brethren, I commend you to God, and to the word of His grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified.” Henry W. Frost. | Princeton, New Jersey. CONTENTS PAGE MOLE PN UORIE CIR ES fais eras oss ain « afr 60 = <9 eeeee Il MSEML EL EAST IITEATY Br OG hee ie aw ee dea tia > Ephs 33-5351 hese 2) Vimy 3:16: 7 5. Peter—1 Pet. 1:10-12; 2 Pet. 1:20, 21. 6. John—1 John 5:9, 13; Rev. 1:10, 11. SYMBOLS OF THE SCRIPTURES I. They are as follows: 1. Mirror (for revealing )—Jas. 1:25. 2. Lamp and light (for illuminating)—Psa. 119:105. , 3. Milk (for nourishing )—Heb. 5:12, 13. 4. Meat (for developing )—Heb. 5:13, 14. 5. Strong-meat (for strengthening)—Heb. 5:14. 6. Honey (for delighting )—Psa. 19:10. 7. Water (for cleansing )—Eph. 5:26. 8. Gold (for enriching )—Psa. 19:10. 9. Fire (for refining )—Jer. 23:29. 10. Hammer (for breaking)—Jer. 23:29. 11. Sword (for fighting)—Heb. 4:12; Eph. 6:17. 12. Seed (for sowing )—Matt. 13:19; 1 Pet. 1:23. THE SCRIPTURES 19 THE SUBJECTIVE EFFECT OF SCRIPTURAL STUDY I. They give knowledge: Psa. 19:11; 119:98-100, 104, 130; Matt. 13:52; FeGorclOctt: II. They save and sanctify: Psa. 119:9; John 20:31; Rom. 1:16; 10:17; 2 Tim. Octo asec bso ete kao. Til. They satisfy: Job 23:12; Psa. 19:10; 119::20, 47, 48, 72, 82, 103, Tose leiOs jelePet, 272: IV. They impart joy: Psa. 19:8; 119:14, 16, 24, 92, 111, 143, 162; 1 John pol Ef V. They comfort: Bsar19-50592593= Acts 15:30°313* Rom, 15:4. VI. They give hope: Psa. 119:81, 147; Rom. 15:4. THE USE TO BE MADE OF THE SCRIPTURES I. To be kept intact: 1. Moses—Deut. 4:2; 12:32. 2. John—Rev. 22:18, 19. II. To be studied: Neh. 8:13; Psa. 119:12, 18; John 5:39; Acts 8 :27- Sus) akhev, 123; III. To be obeyed: Exod. 35:1; Deut. 4:1, 5, 14; 5:1, 31; 6:1, 3, 6; Rees 2825 ae 40-7 Josh. .1 8373 29% Psa, Peel to l/eedOl silea 34 ee ol 4s Ter. (2:4: 5:21; 10:1; 17:19, 20; 29:20; 44:24; Amos 3:1; Seieias Reyes x3. 20 OUTLINE BisBLe STUDIES IV. To be taught: Deut. 6:7, 8; 2 Chron. 17:9; Ezra 7:10; Neh. 8:7, 8; Isa’ 28 :103 Matt: 13:36:91 5210 sabarke 714: Luke 24:27, 45; Acts 8:28-35; 18:26; 28:23. V. To be publicly read and preached: Deut..31:10213 3) Jero<5 :20 eel 6 (236 Ga er ever 8:7, 8; Matt. 28 : 19 20; Mark 16: 15; Col. 4:16; 1 Thess. 5 ee hi Rev. 1:3 (Greek). DEVOTIONAL STUDY OF THE SCRIPTURES I. The Bible is to be studied: 1, From a personal standpoint: (1) “Sanctify them through thy truth; thy word is truth’—John 17:17. (2) “Take heed unto . . . the doctrine’— 1 Tim. 4:16. | 2. Reverently: (1) “Search the Scriptures’ ’—John 5:39. 3. Prayerfully: (1) pele thou mine eyes that I may behold . . thy law’—Psa. 119:18. 4. Dependently: (1) “But the natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God; for they are foolishness unto him; neither can he know them, because they are spirit- ually discerned”—1 Cor. 2:14 5. Humbly: (1) “If any man think that he knoweth any- thing, he knoweth nothing yet as he ought to know’—1 Cor. 8:2. (2) “We know in part, and we prophesy in part”—1 Cor. 13:9. (3) “Now I know in part”—1 Cor. 13:12. Tue SCRIPTURES 21 6. Obediently: (1) “If any man will do his will, he shall know of the doctrine, whether it be of God”—John 7:17. 7. In order to discern Christ: (1) “Search the Scriptures;..:’..,.. for these are they which testify of me”’—John ay (2) “And beginning at Moses and all the prophets, he expounded unto them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself”’—Luke 24:27, PART II THE GODHEAD God is revealed in nature, providence, conscience and the Word. He is revealed in nature as the creator and sustainer; in providence, as the administrator and regu- lator; in conscience, as the law-giver and arbiter; and in the Word, as the Redeemer, Saviour, Lord and King. God’s revelation of Himself is centered, perfected and fulfilled in Christ, so that nature, providence and con- science are not sufficient and must be supplemented by the Word. It is thus in the Scriptures that we see God— in the Old Testament through types and in the New in the Anti-type—completely and satisfactorily visualized, for he that has seen the Son, as Jesus said, has also seen the Father. | The author of the revelation, as recorded in the Word, is the Holy Spirit, who originates, interprets, illuminates and irradiates the person of Christ, and thus the person of God. In doing this, He shows God to be self-existent, ever-existent, unchangeable, omniscient, omnipresent, om- nipotent, holy, faithful, just, compassionate and long- suffering. In these and all other attributes, God is seen to be one Being, but manifested in three personalities, Father, Son and Holy Spirit; for what is said in the Word to be true of the One, is also said to be true of the Three, the same characteristics being ascribed to each and all. The differ- ence between the three persons is that of office and rela- psy, in respect to one another, the church and the world GOD I. His essential names: 1. I am—Exod. 3:13-15. 2. Jehovah—Exod. 6:3; Psa. 68:4; 83:18. . His being and personality : 1. A spirit—John 4:24; 2 Cor. 3:17. 2. One being—Deut. 4:35, 39; 6:4; Isa. 44:6, 8; Mark 12:29; 1 Cor. 8:4-6; Gal. 3:20; 1 Tim. 225 3% Three persons—Gen. 1:26; Matt. 28:19; 2 Cor. Pci wpe lon ce 144-Oe boret LZ) 1 John 5:7-8. III. His attributes: 1. Self-existent—Exod. 3:13-15; Acts 17:24, 25; Rom 1355007 Revi lo. ls 2. Eternal—Gen. 21:33; Deut. 32:40; 33:27; Psa. OI 93 210212 103 a1 loo tla. Tsay 4 tee 48 Ze era :10s vbames5 219; Date+ 3.04 + 0220 sla Lim: 0215.016 922 Pet: 3:8; Rev. 1:4, 8. 3. Infinite—1 Kings 8:27; Isa. 43:10. 4, Unsearchable—Job 11:7-9; 26:14; 36:26; VER AOE to ed BEE al ig) CS pad RE BeZo ew ROMms bivoo. 4) 5. Invisible—Deut. 4:15; Job 9:11; 23:8, 9; Isa. lo one lloras. COL sb atoral. a ins be17:: Heb. 11:27 1 John’ 4:12. 6. Incomparable—Exod. 9:14; Deut. 33:26; 2 © DAiisesiee sl sane40c0 os fer LOO uvatt: 19:17. 7. Omnipresent—1 Kings 8:27; 2 Chron. 2:6; Psa. 139:7-10: Isa. 66:1; Jer. 23:23, 24; Acts 7:48, 49; 17:27. 25 10. OvuTLINE BisLe STUDIES . Omnipotent—Gen. 17:1; Exod. 6:3; Psa. 115335135 Geel er 021/227 35 Mather, Mark. 10:27; Luke 1:37; 18:27; Eph. 3:20; Rev. 19:6. . Omniscient—Job 12:22; 24:1; 26:6; 34:21, 22; Psa. °3313;-14¢ 4139 fh cl2: 147 SA Prov, 15:3; Isav: 40:14; Dan. 2:22; Amos 9:2,°3; Acts 15:18; 1 John 3:20. Immutable—Num. 23:19; 1 Sam. 15:29; Job 232133 Psa:-33 LI +102:26, 272 119 Boo. 91 ai 50:25:59.1 ¢ Mics 2:72 Malo] ids: LeiZ; . Great—2 Chron. 2:5; Psa. 86:10; 99:2; 104:1; Isa. 12:6. . Irresistible—Num. 23:20; Deut. 32:39; 2 Chron. 20:6; Job° 9212, 13°17 :10- i2ei4. 33313; 34:29, 335 Psa. 14820; Year 4sele- Jer. 1:15, 16; Ezek. 22:14; Dan. 4:35. . Perfect—Matt. 5:48. . Holy—Psa. 99:9; Isa. 5:16; Ezek. 36 iA Fey a PA IAS Or As). : Gloriousi2 rod. 15:11; Psa. 145:5. . Just—Deut. 10:17; 32:4; Job 36:5; 37:24; Isa. 45 :21;Zeph.3:5; Acts 10:34,35 ;Rom.2:6,11; Gal. 2:6, Eph. 6:8; Col. 3:25; 1 Pet. 1:17. . True—Jer. 10:10; Psa. 33:4; 57:10; 100:5; 117:2;° Mic.: 7:20; ~John. 17:3: Rom dat 15:8; 2°Tim. 2:13: itas 1 <2. . Good—1 Chron. 16:34; Psa. 25:8; 34:8; 52:1; 86:5; 118:29<° 119:68: 136:1- 145:7, 9: Nahum 1:7; Matt. 5:45; Mark 10:18. . Righteous—Psa. 25:8; 92:15; Ezra 9:15; Psa. 145 :17 . Faithful—1 Cor. 10:13; 1 Pet. 4:19. . Gracious—Exod. 34:6; Psa. 116:5. . Loving—John 3:16; 1 John 4:8, 16. . Merciful—Exod. 34:6, 7; Deut. 4:31; Psa. » 0659.5). 1072137 116:5*. 1907 a ee 3322, 20 2 Late. Tue GoDHEAD Zi, 24. Compassionate—2 Kings 13:23; Psa. 111:4; 145-8; Lam: 3:22, 23. 25. Long-suffering—Exod. 34:6, 7; Num. 14:18; Mic. 7:1; Psa: 86:15; Rom. 2:4. 26. Forgiving—Exod. 34:7; Num. 14:18; 2 Chron. 7:14; Psa. 103:3; 130:4; Jer. 31:34; Dan. O9=Matts 0-14 ,Acts. 9401132307) 20:18> Eph. 1:7; Col. 1:14; 1 John 1:9. 27. Jealous—Deut. 4:24; 32:21; Joshua 24:19; Pexod 904214 *6Psa078 258 <779:5* sax 4213; Ezek. 38:19; Nahum 1:2; Zeph. 3:8; Zech. Sez: THE CREATOR AND CREATION Creation presupposes a Creator. Such a creation as is visible to us presupposes a personal Creator, who is om- nipotent, intelligent, beneficent and compassionate. Creation, also, demands a Maintainer. And such a cre- ation as is visible to us demands a personal Maintainer, who, being omnipotent, intelligent, beneficent and com- passionate, continues and fulfills what He has begun. Creation may be apprehended scientifically; that is, by discovery, examination, analysis, synthesis, and deduction. But scientific apprehension as related to creation has to do with results, not processes. This is particularly true of the first creation of the world, the Creator alone knowing what then and there took place. It is manifest, therefore, that these first processes must continue unknown, unless God has been pleased to make a revelation concerning them. This revelation has been made, in the first and second chapters of Genesis, which, in the nature of the case, is the one authoritative statement as to how the world was made. It becomes manifest from the above that revelation, even in respect to creation, is superior to science, and hence the latter is to be held subject to the former. It is not, therefore, for revelation to accommodate itself to science, but rather for science to accommodate itself to 28 OuTLINE BrsLe STUDIES revelation. There may be produced a harmony between revelation and science; but it is only as science correlates itself to revelation. The end of revelation and all true science is to make known and glorify the creation’s Creator. I. The divine authorship: 1. God the author of all—Gen. 1:1; 2:4, 5; Prov. 26 :10. 2. By Christ—John 1:3, 10; Col. 1:16; Heb. 2:10. 3. Through the Spirit—Gen. 1:2; Job 26:13; Psa. 104 :30. II. The divine method: 1. Out of nothing—Gen. 1:1; Heb. 11:3. 2. By commandment—Gen. 1:3, 6, 9, 11, 14, 20, 24°26; Psav33-6; Heb. ble sZ ete 111. The divine process: 1. A first creation (geologic ages)—Gen. 1:1. 2. A re-creation (after a ruin)—Gen. 1:2-27. 3. In six days (twenty-four hours each,.as meas- ured by the seventh day, or Sabbath): (1) Creation of light—Gen. 1:3-5; 2 Cor. 4:6 (2) Making of firmament—Gen. 1:6-8. (3) Separation of land from water—Gen. © 1:9- (4) Placing of sun, moon and stars in heaven—Gen. 1:14-19, (5) Making of birds, insects and fishes— Gen. 1:20-23. (6) Making of beasts and creation of man —Gen. 1:24-31. 4. The Sabbath rest: (1) Creative work finished—Gen. 2:1-3. IV. The divine purpose: 1. For God’s pleasure—Prov. 16:4; Rev. 4:11. 2. For Christ’s glory—Col. 1:16; Heb. 2:10. 3. For man’s profit and enjoyment—Gen. 1 :26-30. THE GODHEAD 29 V. The divine result: 1. Faith’s apprehension—Heb. 11:3. 2. Manifests: (1) God’s deity—Rom. 1:20. (2) God’s power—lIsa. 40:26, 28; Rom. 1:20. (3) God’s wisdom—Psa. 104:24; 136:5. (4) God’s goodness—Psa. 33:5. (5) God’s glory—Psa. 19:1. 3. Calls for worship: (1) Creature to worship Creator—Isa. 45:11, Pm Se Ze 23GvActso 724827. THE TRINITY The conception of the divine Trinity may only be ap- prehended through revelation. Man, through conscience and apart from revelation, may perceive God. But he may only know that this one Being consists in the three persons of Father, Son and Holy Spirit as he finds this stated and portrayed in Holy Writ. The doctrine of the Trinity, therefore, cannot be explained. But it can be believed; and, through faith, all of the blessings which pertain thereto and are derived therefrom may fully and continually be enjoyed. I. The use of the plural: 1. Let us make man—Gen. 1:26. 2. Behold the man is become as one of us—Gen. S222. 3. Let us go down—Gen. 11:7. 4. Who will go for us?—Isa. 6:8. II. The three persons specified in one passage: . God, Spirit, Lord—Gen. 1:1, 2; 2:4. . Holy Ghost, Highest, Son of God—Luke 1:35. . Jesus, Spirit, Father—Matt. 3:16, 17; Luke 221,22) . Holy Ghost, Jehovah, Lord—Mark 12:36, 37. . God, Spirit, Son—John 3:34, 35. . Son, Father, Comforter—John 14:16, 26. Anns Whe 30 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES 7. Comforter, Son, Father—John 15:26. 8. Comforter, Son, Father—John 16:7-15.. 9. Lord Jesus Christ, Spirit, God—Rom. 15:30. 10. Spirit, Lord, God—1 Cor. 12:4-6. 11. God, Christ, Spirit—2 Cor. 1:20-22. 12. Lord Jesus Christ, God, Holy Ghost—2 Cor. 13:14. 13. Christ, Spirit, Father—Eph. 2:18. 14. Father, Lord Jesus Christ, Spirit—Eph. 3 :14-16. 15. Spirit, Lord, Father—Eph. 4:4-6. 16. God, Son, Spirit—1 Tim. 3:16. 17. God, Saviour, Holy Ghost—Titus 3:4-6. 18. God the Father, Spirit, Jesus Christ—1 Pet. 1-22) Rey.oie 4s 19. Christ, God, Spirit—1 Pet. 3:18. 20. God, Son, Spirit—1 John 3:21-24. 21. Spirit, Father, Son—1 John 4:13, 14. 22. Holy Ghost, God, Lord Jesus Christ—Jude 20, fa ; III. Deity ascribed to each person: 1. The Father—Exod. 3:13-15; Psa. 139:7-10; te 43:10; 44:6: Rom. 17:35, 36;.1, Com Sees oz 0 2. The Son—Psa: 45:6; 572272315, 17) dea Jer. 23:6; Matt. 1°23; John” bel; 427-42. 20:28; Acts 2:33-36;. 7:55, 56; Room: 9:5; Phil '2:63; Gol. 121577 19 +229 Ww N) Tue GopHEAD 67 II. The office work of the Spirit: 1. The Spirit as related to Christ: (1) The anointing and sealing of Christ— Vidz: (2) The gift not by measure—3 :34. 2. The Spirit as related to the saints before Pente- cost: (1) The condition of the new birth and of entrance into the kingdom—3:5. (2) Spirit to dwell with and in believers— 14:17. 3. The Spirit as related to the saints at Pentecost: (1) The gift of the Father: (a) Proceedeth from the Father— ieee (b) Father sent in name of Christ— (c) In answer to prayer of Christ— 14:16. (2) The gift of Christ: (a) Christ was baptized with the Holy Spirit that He might baptize the church—l1 :33. (b) I will send him unto you—16:7. (c) Receive ye the Holy Ghost— 20 22; (3) The gift of the glorified Christ: (a) Spirit not given so long as Christ was not glorified—7 :39. (b) Expedient that Christ should go, else benefit could not come— 1637; (c) If I depart, I will send Him unto you—16:7. (4) The Spirit as related to the saints subse- quent to Pentecost: 68 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES (a) He was to make distinction be- tween world and church: 1. Whom the world can not re- ceive, see or know—14:17. (b) He was to abide: 1. To be in disciples—14:17. - 2. To abide with disciples for- ever—14:16. (c) He was to be what Christ had been: 1. He will give you another Comforter—14:16. (d) He was to be the Teacher: 1. He shall teach and recall— 14:26. 2. He will guide you into all truth—16:13. 3. He will testify of me— 15 :26 : 4. He will not speak of Him- self; what he hears— 16:13. 5. He shall glorify me; receive ot mine and shew—16:14, 1 6. Shew you things to come— (e) He was to be the witness through the church: 1. He will reprove the world of sin, righteousness and judgment—16:8-11. (f) He was to be the source of all power and blessing: 1. Rivers of water—7 :38, 39. III The laws of God as related to the Spirit: 1. The Spirit is sovereign—3 :8. 2. That which is born of Spirit is spirit—3:6. Tur GODHEAD 69 3. Must be born of Spirit to enter kingdom—3:5. 4. God must be worshiped in spirit—4 :23, 24. 5. The words of Christ alone quickeneth—6 :63. IV. The condition of receiving the Spirit: 1. They that believe—7 :39. THE BAPTISM AND FILLING OF THE SPIRIT The baptism of the Spirit, from the standpoint of the Scripture record, is only connected with the events which center in and circle around Pentecost. Subsequent to the book of the Acts, whenever Spirit-baptism is referred to, the verb of the passage is in the past tense, its view being backward to Pentecost. The baptism of the Spirit, there- fore, is a historically fulfilled event and is not to be re- peated in this dispensation. The present experience for Christians is, retrospectively, the baptism of the Spirit as accomplished at Pentecost in behalf of all believers, and, presently and prospectively, the filling, this last being made possible for the individual by the original pentecostal baptism. As to the filling of the Spirit, it may take place again and again, according to the need and in proportion to the demand. The filling, however, does not mean that we get more of God, but rather, that He gets more of us. Our part in the matter is a surrender, a first acceptance and a continued appropriation. His part is continued possession and constant utilization. I. Before, at and immediately after Pentecost, the ex- perience was that of baptism and filling: 1. Various portions: (1) Christ—Matt. 3:16, 17; Acts 10:38. (2) Jews—Acts 2:2-4, 17, 18. (3) Samaritans—Acts 8 :14-17. (4) Gentiles—Acts 10:44, 45. II. Subsequent to the above events, the experience was that of filling: 1. “Baptism” never spoken of subsequent to Pente- costal events; the last mention—Acts 19:6. 70 OUTLINE BisLe STUDIES 2. “Baptism” always taken for granted of all Christians subsequent to Pentecostal events— 1 Cor. 12:13; 1 John 2:27. 3. Scriptural term subsequent to Pentecostal events, that of filling: (1) Filled—Acts 2:4; 4:31; 9:17; 13:9, 52. (2) Be filled—Eph. 5:18. THE PURPOSE OF THE GIFT OF THE SPIRIT I. Fourfold (four S’s): 1. Sonship: (1) Under the law, children—Gal. 4:1-3. (2) Under grace, sons—Gal. 4:4-7. (3) Through Spirit—1 Cor. 12:12, 13. (4) Result, Abba, Father—Gal. 4:6; Rom. 8:15. 2. Service: (1) Spirit needful—Acts 1 8. (2); Therefore starry until”—Luke 24:49, (3) The gift made for service—Acts 2:1-4. (4) Result, spiritual temple with spiritual service—l Pet. 2:5, 9. 3. Suffering: (1) The law of God for all sons: (a) Christ—Heb. 5:8, 9; 2:10. (b) Christians—Rom. 8:14-17. (2) The gift of the Spirit for this purpose— ded esl avd Fae MSD Be OP. 4. Salvation (complete, including body) : (1) Three aspects: (a) Past—Titus 3:5. (b) Present—Phil. 2:12, 13. (c) Future—Heb. 9:28. (2) The future, as others, through Spirit: (a) Spirit, now the pledge—Eph. 1:13, 14. (b) eet at last to quicken—Rom. THE GODHEAD 71 THE FILLING OF THE SPIRIT I. How not to be filled: 1. Do not say, “Come Holy Spirit”: (1) Pentecost past—Acts 2:1, 2; John 14:16, 17. 2. Do not think a tarrying must take place: (1) This already accomplished—Luke 24:49, BZ s se Nets beta [2 72. 3. Do not seek for “power”: (1) Seek for God, the source of power— Acts S217-19 "2 haat8. Ra Vv. 4. Do not pray for “help”: (1) God does all; we can do nothing—Acts 13e2, <4, 5. Do not seek to make exchanges with God for Spirit : (1) Spirit like salvation, a free gift—Acts 8 :18-20; 2:38. 6. Do not dictate terms as to how Spirit will use: (1) Spirit is sovereign, and will use as He pleases—Acts 2:4; 1 Cor. 12:4-11. 7. Do not beseech God for Spirit as if He were loath to give: (1) He longs to fill—Acts 2:1-3; 4:31; 10:44, with 11:15. II. How to be filled (four A’s): 1. Acknowledge: (1) Confession of all sins—Matt. 5:23-26; 1 John 1:9; James 5:16. Ze SK : (1) Importunately and confidentially—Luke 3. Accept: (1) By faith in God’s Word-—Gal. 3 :2-4, 13, 14; Acts 2:38, 39. 4. Act: (1) Step out upon the promises: (a) After the filling, action—Acts 3:1-6. 72 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES THE NEED OF BEING FILLED WITH THE SPIRIT I. The need of all time: 1. Old Testament saints: (1) Joseph—Gen. 41 :38-40. (2) Bezaleel—Exod. 31:2-5. 2. New Testament saints: (1) Apostles—Luke 24:49; Acts 2:4-13. (2) Disciples—Acts 4:31. (3) Deacons—Acts 6:1-5. (4) Peter—Mark 14:71, 72; Acts 4:8-10. (5) Paul—Acts 9:8, 9; 9:17-22. II. The ideal experience: 1. Saved and filled at once: (1) Jews—Acts 2 :37-39. (2) Gentiles—Acts 10:43, 44. Ill. The frequent experience: 1. Saved but not filled: (1) Like the Ephesians—Acts 19:1, 2. 2. Life, but not life abundant—John 10:10. (1) All Christians live, but many do not walk in the Spirit—Gal. 5:25. (2) All Christians begin in the Spirit, but many try to perfect themselves in the flesh—Gal. 3:2- (3) All Christians are born of the Spirit; but the service of many is carnal—l Cor. 3:1-3, 11-13. WRONG RELATIONSHIPS WITH THE SPIRIT I. He may be resisted: 1. “Ye stiffnecked . . ye do always resist” ee oppose ) “the Tale Ghost”—Acts If. Ln AG LT. IV. VI. Tue GoDHEAD 73 He may be grieved: 1. “Grieve” (Greek, make sad, distress, as a per- son) “not the Holy Spirit of God’—Eph. 4 :30. He may be quenched: 1. “Quench” (Greek, extinguish, as a flame) “not the Spirit”—1 Thess. 5:19. THE RESULTS OF THE FILLING OF THE SPIRIT . The Word illuminated: 1. Spirit wrote the truth—2 Tim. 3:16; 2 Pet. P2032). 2. Spirit promised to reveal truth—Jchn 14:26. 3. Spirit reveals the truth—1 Cor. 2:9-16. . Heart-needs revealed: 1. Spirit convicts of sin—John 16:7-9, Christ made known: 1. Spirit testifies from Christ—John 16:13, R. V. 2. Spirit testifies of Christ—John 15:26. 3. Spirit glorifies Christ—John 16:14. Service empowered: 1. Spirit coming upon—power—Acts 1:8. 2. Spirit-rivers of water—John 7 :37-39. 3. Spirit-diversities of gifts—1 Cor. 12:4, 7-11. . Life beautified : 1. Spirit subdues flesh—Gal. 5:16, 17. 2. Spirit gives divine graces—Gal. 5:22, 23. Life glorified: | 1. Spirit, from glory to glory—2 Cor. 3:17, 18. PART III GOOD AND WICKED ANGELS Angels are spirits in bodily form. There are those which are good and those which are evil. In the Old Testament times Christ frequently mani- fested Himself in angelic form. He might have continued to do this in New Testament times, so far as example and teaching are concerned, but could not in view of the substitutional death which He was to accomplish on Cal- | vary’s cross, this necessitating a body of flesh and blood like that of sinful and guilty man. The good angels are under the headship of Christ and are His servants, their particular ministry being in behalf of the saints on earth in respect to their physical welfare. The evil angels are under the headship of Satan and are his servants, their particular ministry being to assault, damage and destroy the saints in respect to both their physical and spiritual welfare. Many of these evil angels have their habitat with Satan in the heavenlies. Others are held in captivity in Tartarus, in the under-world, where they wait for the judgment of the great day. THE OLD TESTAMENT THEOPHANIES I. The appearings of Christ in angelic form: 1. Adam—Gen. 3:8-19. 2. Cain—Gen. 4:4-7. 3. Abram—Gen. 12:7; 17:1-22; 18:1-33. 4. Hagar—Gen. 16:7-12. 5. Lot—Gen. 19:1-25. 6. Jacob—Gen. 28 :10-19; 32 :24-30; 35 :9-13. 7; Moses——_Bxodeo 21-22 531-17; 8. Balaam—Num. 22 :22-35. 9. Joshua—Joshua 5:13-15. 10. Israel—Judges 2:1-5. 11. Gideon—Judges 6:11-24. 12. Manoah and wife—Judges 13:1-23. 13. Elijah—1 Kings 19:4-7. 14. Isaiah—Isa. 6:1-5. 15. Ezekiel—Ezek. 1 :26-28. 16. Daniel—Dan. 6:18-23; 10:5-21. 17. Joshua (high priest)—Zech. 3:1-10. ANGELS: UNFALLEN I, Created beings: 1. Not to be worshiped—Psa. 104:4; Col. 2:18; Rev. 19:10; 22:8, 9. 2. Worshipers—Heb. 1:6; Rev. 5:11, 12. II. Heavenly : 1. Heaven their place of abode—Matt. 16:27; 18:10; Mark 8:38; Luke 9:26; 15:10; 2 fEliecs ele /eaurlepm ic wcesniev. Losiee lo. al: Loze2Oe 1; III. Superhuman: 1. Unique in position—Psa. 8:5; Mark 12:25; ene -Os7 > 2bet cello wey, tos. 77 78 IV. VII. VIIl. OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES God’s messengers: 1. Wait on God—2 Chron. 18:18; Psa. 103:20, - 21; Luke 1:19. z. Executors. of God’s will—2 Sam. 24: 16: 1 Chroma2 cls ohGen2/ isan 6. e. Dati 8 :16-19; 9-20-23: 10-12-21; 12:1; Matt. 24:31: Mark 13:27; Luke 1:18, 197 Rev. 71-3928 2.265 LO to Laslett hee 1Seb320c1. . Interested in human affairs: 1. We a spectacle to them (Greek, theater) ial Cor. 4:9 . Guardians of little children: 1. In heaven for them—Matt. 18:10. Ministering spirits: | 1; To: Ghrist—Psa: 9lelly 12+ 2 Matta aaa 26:53; Luke 22:43. 2. To the saints—Gen. 19:12-17;. 1 Kings 19:5-7; Psa. 104:4; Matt. 18:10; Luke 15:10; Acts 8:26; Heb; :1,:13, 14. Service toward physical well-being: 1. Of Christ—Matt. 4:11; 26:53; Luke 22:43; John 20:12. 2. Of saints—Gen. 19:12-17; 1 Kings 19:5-7; Luke 16:22; Acts 12:1-10; Rev. 7:1-4. ANGELS: FALLEN I. Their head: 1. Satan—Matt. 25:41; Rev. 12:7. II. In two places: 1. Some in heaven—Eph. 3:10; 6:12; Rev. 12:7.. 2. Some in under world (Greek, Tartarus)—2 Pet. 2:4; Jude 6, Goop AND WICKED ANGELS 79 III. Powerful: 1. Old Testament times—Zech. 3:1. 2. New Testament times—Matt. 4:1; Mark 1:12, Seren Ole 201 inte -20, IV. Control wicked: 1. Old Testament times—Gen. 3:1-5; 1 Kings wecelee 2 Crtron. 153207217 2. New Testament times—1 Tim. 1:20; 1 Cor. 5 :2-5., V. Defeated: 1. By God and Christ—Gen. 3:14; Matt. 4:11; Mark 1:12, 13; Luke 4:1-13; 10:18; John 12:31; 16:11; Rom. 16:20; Rev. 12:7-10; ZU 1-3; VI. Doomed: 1. Lake of fire—Matt. 25:41; Rev. 20:10. SATAN I. Created an angel of light: 1. “Perfect in beauty”—Ezek. 28 :12-15. Il. His fall: 1. “I will’—Isa. 14:12-14. III. His names: 1. Lucifer (Hebrew, bright, morning star)—Isa. 14:12. 2. Serpent (Hebrew, a hisser)—Gen. 3:1, 2, 4, pote evel? 9° 1415312022. 3. Satan (Hebrew, opponent; Greek, accuser)—1 Chron. 21:1; Matt. 4:10. 4. Devil (Greek, a traducer, slanderer )—Matt. 4:1; Rev. 20:10. 5. Beelzebub (Chaldean, fly or dung-god)—Matt. 10:25. 80 6 Ls 8 9 10 IV. His 1 2 3 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES . Prince (Greek, a first chief)—John 14:30; 163115: Ephns2 22. God of ARE world—Z2 Cor. 4:4. . Abaddon (Hebrew, a destroying aneel anes oh BE . Apollyon (Greek, destroyer)—Rev. 9:11. . Great dragon (Greek, a fabulous serpent, a fascinator )—Rev. 12:3-17. is position: . Throne—in air—Eph. 2:2. . Rules there—Eph. 6:12; Rev. 12:7. . Dominion over earth—Matt. 4:8, 9; 2 Cor. 4:4; 1 Pet. 5:8. V. His activities: . A liar and murderer—John 8:44. . A deceiver—2 Cor. 11:14, 15; Rev. 12:9. . An afflicter—Job 1:12-19; Luke 13:16; Rev. 2210 . An accuser—Job 1:6-11; 2:1-6; Rev. 12:10. . A tempter—1l Chron. 21:1; Matt. 4:1, 11; Mark Pil 213s iakei4 pee 31s . A blinder—2 Cor. 4:4. . A devourer—1 Pet. 5:8. is future doom: . To be cast out of heaven—Luke 10:18; John 12:31. Rev. 1227-11; . To be chained for thousand years—Rev. 20:1-3. a To be put in lake of fire—Rev, 20:7-10. PART IV MAN God made Adam in His own image, gave him dominion over the earth and all things in it, and bade him be fruit- ful and multiply. Thus, He made man, under Himself, the sinless lord of creation, and purposed to people the earth with persons who would bear His likeness and serve Him in sinlessness and fruitfulness of life. In spite of the divine purpose, Adam, for the time being, defeated God’s plan, dethroning, by sin, himself and the whole human race. But where sin abounded,. grace did much more abound, God bringing to light a new plan, which was larger, more far-reaching and more glori- ous in its purpose. In place of the first man Adam, He brought forth the last Adam; in place of the first Eve, He produced, by redemption, the church, which is Christ’s body and bride; and in place of the first heavens and earth, He is fashioning, or will yet fashion, a new heaven and a new earth. It was for the perfecting of this new plan that God gave Christ, and that He came, died and rose again; and it is for the fulfilling of the same that the Holy Spirit is now calling to Christ those who are appointed unto salvation. Nor will the Triune God have done with His working until He has accomplished His design and brought all of His purposes in Christ to pass. frevek feed Noe eck THE NATURAL MAN . Born evil—Job 25:4; Psa. 51:5; John 3:6. . Hard of heart—Jer. 5:3-7; 7:23, 24. . Deceitful—Jer. 17:9. Mind, enmity against God—Rom. 8:7. Opposed to law of God—Rom. 3:20; Jas. 2:10, ik: . Loves sin—John 3:19. . Filled with evil—Mark 7:21-23; Rom. 1:28-31. . Unalterable in character—Prov. 20:9; John 3:6. . Guilty—Rom. 5:12. . Already lost—John 3:18. . Defiant to the end—Rom. 1:32; Rev. 9:20, 21. . Put into lake of fire—Rev. 20:11-15; 21:8. THE FLESH I. Flesh inseparably united with sin: NON on & Go DO . That born of the flesh is flesh—John 3:6. . Flesh minds things of flesh—Rom. 8:5. . In flesh dwelleth no good thing—Rom. 7:18, 19. . Flesh profiteth nothing—John 6:63. . Lust of flesh not of God—1 John 2:16. . Flesh opposed to Spirit—Gal. 5:17. . Works of flesh—Gal. 5 :19-21. lI. Flesh forever condemned: Nin Whe . No flesh shall glory before God—1 Cor. 1:29. . Those in flesh cannot please God—Rom. 8:8. . If we live after the flesh we shall die—Rom. 8:13; . Those in flesh are children of wrath—Eph. 2:3. . Those cursed who trust in flesh—Jer. 17:5. . God condemned sin in the flesh—Rom. 8:3. 83 84 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES III. God has power over all flesh: 1. Christ given power over all flesh—John tfe2 IV. God’s power exerted to save from sin of flesh: 1. Law given to prove weakness of flesh—Gal. 2:16; Rom 3:20 7et3 2. Christ sent to manifest power of God over flesh —John 1:14; 1 Tim. 3:16; Rom. 8:3; 1 Pet. Jr1G: V. The Christian’s condition while in the flesh: 1. Who hath suffered with Christ hath ceased from sin (justified)—1 Pet. 4:1, 2. Judged in flesh, and alive in Spirit—1 Pet. 4:6. They that are Christ’s have crucified the flesh— Gal. 5:24. The flesh lusteth against the Spirit—Gal. 5:17. Not to be perfected by walking after flesh—Gal. Law fulfilled by walking not after flesh—Rom. 8:4 Fete eee es OS Lust of flesh not fulfilled by walking in Spirit— Galvoclo: VI. Exhortations to Christians because of the flesh: 1. He that soweth to the flesh shall reap corruption —Gal. 6:8. 2. Make no provision for the flesh—Rom. 13:14. De es not liberty as an occasion to the flesh—Gal. Als? 4. Cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh —2 Cor. 7:1 5. Hating even the garment spotted by the flesh— Jude 23. SPIRIT, SOUL AND BODY Key verse: 1 Thess. 5:23 The order of the words given in the Scripture, namely, “spirit, soul and body,” is the order of importance, redemption and sanctification. Man 85 I. Definitions, from a Scriptural standpoint: 1. The body is that which man has in common with all created substances: (1) Bodies of wheat, ete—1 Cor. 15:35-38. (2) Bodies of sun, moon, etc.—1 Cor. 15:40. (3) Bodies of saints—Phil. 3:21. (4) Body of Christ—Matt. 26:12; Luke anaes es | 2. The soul is that which man has in common with all animal life: (1) Contains animal life—Gen. 1:20; Job 110 es Reveal 643° 216715; (2) Contains animal passions: (a) Good—Luke 2:35; Mark 14:34; John 12:27. (b) Bad—Luke 12:19; Rev. 18:14; Jas. 3:14-16. (c) As the seat of evil, the part toward which redemption and judgment are specially directed—Matt. 11:29; Heb. 10:39; Ezek. 18:4; Matt. 10:28; Rom. 2:9. 3. The spirit is that which makes man to differ from all known created beings: (1) Contains man’s life, as distinct from animal life—Gen. 2:7 (“‘living” in root suggests spirit); 1 Cor. 15:45; Luke Beove dseeecO: (2) Contains man’s intellect—1 Cor. 2:11. (3) Brings man into responsible relationship to God—John 4:24. II. Testimony of the Scripture concerning the several parts: 1. The spirit (the natural spirit is referred to) : (1) Receives God’s wisdom—1 Cor. 2:14; 14:2; Eph. 1:17; 4:23. (2) Receives God’s life—1 Pet. 4:6. (3) Through word of God—John 6:63. 86 OuTLINE BrsLteE STUDIES (4) Spirit separated from soul—Heb. 4:12. (5) Indwelt by the Holy Spirit—Rom. 8:16. © (6) Spirit: becomes center of worship and service : (a) Worship—John 4:23, 24. (b) Prayer, song and blessing—1 Cor. 14:15, 16. (c) Service—1 Pet. 3:4; Rom. 1:9; Philem. 25. Note: The spirit is redeemed and sanctified. | 2. The soul (the word “flesh” is a corresponding term, it being the body as indwelt and in- fluenced by the soul) : (1) Natural man is soulical—l Cor. 2:14; 15:44, 46; Jas. 3:15; Jude 18, 19; (words “sensual” and “natural” are, literally, soulical). (2) Word sets soul apart from the spirit in- dwelt by the Holy Spirit—Heb. 4:12; Matt. 26:41. (3) Word saves the soul in saving the spirit —Jas. 1:21. (4) Soul anchored through the Holy Spirit in the natural spirit unto the day of redemption—Heb. 6:17-20. (5) Constant warfare between the soul in body (flesh) and the Holy Spirit in the natural spirit—Gal. 5:17. (6) The soul in the body (flesh) is to be kept under by the Holy Spirit—Gal. 5:16. (7) Soul is purified by obeying the truth through the Spirit—1 Pet. 1:22. Note: The soul is “anchored” unto re- demption and is progressively sancti- fied 3. The body (the corporeal part, whether living or dead) : Man 87 Bodies of saints sealed by the indwelling of the Holy Spirit—Eph. 1:13, 14; 4:30. Bodies are the temples of the Holy Spirit —1 Cor. 6:19. Body is for the Lord—1 Cor. 6:13. To be presented to God—Rom. 12:1. To be used for God’s glory—1 Cor. 6:20. It now bears the image of the earthly— 1 Cor. 15:47, 49. As such, it is a body of humiliation— |edayy Poot ed BCR ean Vi It is subject to infirmity and death—1l Core. 5226: We groan, being burdened—2 Cor. 5:2. We desire our body from heaven—2 Cor. Bees ROMs ZU-25, Resurrection body given at the coming of Christ—1 Cor. 15:51-54; 1 John Jen Our bodies to be then quickened by the Holy Spirit—Rom. 8 :9-11. Up to that time they remain soulical bodies—1 Cor. 15:44, 46 (word “nat- ural,” literally soulical). Then they will be spiritual bodies—1 Cor. 15:44. Note: Body is sealed and waiting for full redemption and sanctification. Se ee) BA reer - * £ ~ acl ; A [i> ‘ PART V TEMPTATION AND SIN It is an infinite mystery why God created man when He foreknew he would sin and be lost. It is plain, if He was to create him, that He would have to make him a moral free agent, with such possibilities before him. But why, in these conditions, He chose to create him is beyond our finite knowledge to ascertain or understand. It is to be remembered, however, that such questioning is neither vital nor practical. We are face to face with the fact of man,’as a moral free agent, tempted, sinful, and lost. The real question of time and life, therefore, is how he may be saved and sanctified. The Bible, while silent in respect to the first part of the foregoing problem, is not so in respect to the second. Its testimony from first to last is an open and pronounced one, and concerns the Christ as a Deliverer. We are not to exercise our minds, therefore, as to why or how sin, with its accompanying temptation, came or comes. What we are to consider is how sin may be forgiven, and then, how both temptation and sin may be conquered. And we may do this hopefully, for these questions the Bible fully and satisfactorily answers. gfe IV. Vi. VII. TEMPTATION . Not from God: 1. God not tempted and does not tempt—Jas. eis . From Satan through the flesh: 1. He blinds—2 Cor. 4:4. 2. He seeks to devour—1 Pet. 5:8. 3. Through lust—Jas. 1:14. He controls the bad: 1. Judas—Luke 22:3. 2. Unconverted—Eph. 2:3. 3. The whole world—Rev. 12:9. He attacks the good: 1. Christ—Matt. 4:1; Mark 1:12, 13; Luke 4:1, 13 fa AraniasseA cts ateay) Seer aule Cor. 221 12-7: 4. Corinthians—2 Cor. 11:3. . A way of escape: 1. Weapons mighty—2 Cor. 10:3-5. 2. Strong in the Lotd—Eph. 6:10-16. The way of deliverance: 1. Avoid—Prov. 4:15. 2. Abstain—1 Thess. 5:22. 3. Flee—1 Cor. 6:18; 10:14; 2 Tim. 2:22. 4. Resist—Jas. 4:7. 5. Stand—Eph. 6:11. The divine promise: 1. God knows how to deliver—2 Pet. 2:9. 2. No temptation above ability to bear—1 Cor. 10:13. 91 92 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES VIII. The divine recompense: 1. Joy—Jas. 1:2. 2. Blessed and crown of life—Jas. 1:12. DEFINITIONS OF SIN I, Old Testament definitions: 1. “An high look, and a proud heart . . . is sin” —Prov. 21:4. 2. “The thought of foolishness [Hebrew root, per- verseness] is sin”—Prov. 24:9. II. New Testament definitions: 1. “Whatsoever is not of faith is sin”’—Rom. 14:23. 2. “To him that knoweth to do good and doeth it not, to him it is sin’—Jas. 4:17. 3. “Sin is the transgression of the law’—1 John 3:4 4 . “All unrighteousness is sin’—1 John 5 17. SIN I. Not in God: 1. God—Isa. 6:3; Rev. 4:8. 2. Christ—John 8:46; 10:30. II. Originated in Satan: 1. “TI will”’—Isa. 14:12-15. 2. His fall—Ezek. 28:11-19. III. Confirmed by Adam: | 1. Adam and Eve—Gen. 3:1-13; 1 Tim. 2:14. IV. Inherited by man: 1. Passed on all—Rom. 5:12; Gal. 3:22. V. Its nature: 1. Flesh corruption—Rom. 7:8-21; Gal. 5:17- 21; Eph. 4:19; 1 John 5:17. TEMPTATION AND SIN 93 2. Heart pe panel 17:9; Matt. 15:18-20; Mark 7 :20- 3. Mental ee Nop Shh 4. Law transgression—1 John 3:4. VI. Its extent: 1. Naturally eRe edo 14:4; 15:14; 25:4; Peale sees Z: Universal—Gen. 6:5- oe 13°93*4Psaral4ct-3: 53:1-3; Rom. 1:18- 32; 3 9-12; Gal. 5: 17: tA. VII. Its manifestations: _ 1. Self-righteousness—Deut. 9:4, 5; Job 35:2; Prove2z6212* 30312 sisanoee) 76525 + Uuke 16715 se John 241 2eGors 10 317,218; Gal, ho: 2. Ambition—Mark 9:33-35; 12:38, 39; Luke 9:46; 20:45, 46; 22:24; John 5:44. 3. Pride—Psa. 12:4; 49:11; Prov. 21:4. 4. Criticism—Psa. 52:4, 5; Prov. 4:24; 16:27; Matt. 7:1-5; Luke 6:41, 42; John 7:24; Rom. 2:1; 14:4; Jas. 4:11, 12. . Malice—Eph. 4:31; Jas. 5:9; 1 John 2:9, 11. . Envy—Num. 11:28, 29; Job 5:2; Psa. 37:7, 8; Prov. 14:30; 27:4; Gal. 5:26; Jas. 3:14, 16; Jas. 4:5. 7. Covetousness—Deut. 5:21; Isa. 5:8; Luke ie ROM Gul eis piict). 3% eCOlsba eo: 1 Tim. 6:9, 10; Jude 11. 8. Thievery—Zech. 5:3, 4; John 12:4-6. 9. Anger—Prov. 12:16; 14:17, 29; 25:28; Jas. 1:20; Eph. 4:26. 10. Strife—Prov. 10:12; 15:18; 17:14, 19; 20:3; Btowe ces fae Matton lo tlo Ose Gal: ses ey 11. Oppression—Job 20:19-22; 27:13; 35:9; Psa. 62:10; 103:6; Prov. 14:31; Isa. 30:12-14. Nur 94 OUTLINE BislL= STUDIES 12. Flattery—Job 17:5; 32:20-22; Psa. 12:2, 3; Prov. 29:5. | . 13. Falsehood—Psa. 63:11; 120:3, 4; Jer. 9:8, 9; Matt. 26:69, 70; Mark 14:66-70; Luke 22:56-60; John 18:15-17, 25-27; Acts 5 :7-9, | 14. Hypocrisy—Isa. 29:13, 14; 32:5-7; Matt. 6:24 Matt. 1527-9» 2331-3, 13°14) 23.285 Mark. 7:6:%Rom: 2220-23 21 itus: Ici 15. Murder—Gen. 4:8-15; 1 Pet. 4:15; 1 John STZ: 16. Blasphemy—Col. 3:8. VIII. Its punishment: 1. God’s wrath against—Exod. 32:9, 10; Deut. 9:8, 22; 2 Chron. 30:8; Prov. 6:16-18; Jer. 6:83'°21°13;5143 Rom: :18.1 Cors6 Saree Pil 3219s Jas, [ribs 4 ee eta SINS OF IGNORANCE Sin is the transgression of God’s law. A sin of igno- rance under the law was such a transgression when it was unknown, and thus, unpremeditated and unintentional. But, being a transgression, it required atonement through blood. I. In case of the high priest: 1. As related to God’s commandments—Lev. 4 :2- 2 II. In case of a ruler: 1. As related to God’s commandments—Lev. 4 :22- III. In case of the congregation: 1. As related to God’s commandments—Lev. 4:13- 21; Num, 15 :22-26. TEMPTATION AND SIN 95 IV. In case of the common people: 1. As related to God’s commandments—Lev. 4 :27- 35; Num. 15:27-29; Deut. 19:1-10. SINS OF IGNORANCE Probable examples I. In the Old Testament: 1. Eve—Gen. 3:6, 13; 2 Cor. 11:3; 1 Tim. 2:14. 2. Israelites—Joshua 9:1-15. 3. Job—Job 1:8; 2:3; 40:4, 5. II. In the New Testament: 1. Paul and Barnabas—Acts 15 :36-40. (2. Paul-——Acts 2371-5. 3. John—Rev. 19:10; 22:8, 9. PAUL’S VIEW OF HIS SINFULNESS I. What Paul was in his own sight: . “The flesh lusteth against the Spirit’ —Gal. 5:17. . “In me, (that is, in my flesh,) dwelleth no good thing’”—Rom. 7 :18. . “We ourselves groan within ourselves’—Rom. S220 “We .. . have no confidence in the flesh’”— boil s3c5. . “Let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit” —2 Cor. 7:1. . “I know nothing against myself, yet am I not hereby justified”—1 Cor. 4:4, R. V. . “Sinners, of whom I am chief”—1 Tim. 1:15. CONFESSION OF SIN I. In the Old Testament: 1. All sins are to be confessed to God: (1) “When he shall be guilty in one of these things, he shall confess that he hath sinned”—Lev. 5:5. Woah Ur Ne OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES (2) “And Aaron shall ... . confess over him all the iniquities’—Lev. 16:21. (3) “When a man or woman shall commit any sin . . . then they shall confess their sin which they have done”’— Num. 5:6, 7. 2. Forgiveness of sins is conditioned upon con- fession: (1) “If thy people Israel be smitten down before the enemy . . . and confess \ . then hear”’—2 Chron. 6:24, 25, ResVerslekines 833300 3. Forgiveness is promised where there is confes- sion: (1) “If they shall confess . . . then will I remember my _ covenant’—Lev. 26 :40-42. | (2) “Whoso confesseth . . . shall have mercy’—Proy. 28:13. 4. Forgiveness was granted where there was con- fession: (1) Israel. “The seed of Israel . . . stood . . (and) confessed”—Neh. 9:2, 3. (2) Levites. “ Making confession to the Lord God of their fathers”—2 Chron. 30:22. (3). Ezra. PWhen- Ezravhad 35) =e .cena fessed’”—Ezra 10:1. (4) Nehemiah. “Let thine ear now be at- tentive’”—Neh. 1:6. (5) David. “I said, I will confess; and thou forgavest”—Psa. 32:5. 5. Examples of individual confession: (1) Jacob—Gen. 32:9, 10. (2) Job—Job 40:4, 5. (3) Moses—Num. 14:40. , (4) David—1 Chron. 21:8; Psa. 38:18; 40:12; 51:3, 4; 69:5. (5) Isaiah—Isa. 6:5. TEMPTATION AND SIN 97 6. Examples of national confession: (1) Israel—Judges 10:10, 15; 1 Sam. 7:6; PAn1O Ezra 9-07.11) ee Nell O17: Oasis eo. asa 10.4 7:2) LSA. SOL e Seer 20.47 20 + am 1418293242 5216+) Dan? 975-15; II. In the New Testament: 1. The exhortation to confess: (1) Our faults to men; faults” —Jas. 5:16. 2. The promise concerning confession: (1) Our sins to God; “If we confess . . he is faithful to forgive’—1 John 1 9, “Confess your PART VI SALVATION Salvation originated in the love and election of God. It was occasioned, as related to man, by his fall into sin, his inability to save himself, and hence, his eternal aliena- tion and separation from God. The condition of salvation was that God should be just, and, at the same time, the justifier of the ungodly. Its requirement was that a substitute should be found, who, being God, should be able to bear the judgment-penalty of a broken law, and, being man, should be able, in so doing, to identify Himself with sinful man. Christ fulfilled these and all other conditions; and, first, through His death on Calvary’s cross, and then, by His resurrection and ascension, made complete satisfaction, toward God and man, in respect to sin. What was required of man, from thence onward, was that he should have the same thought toward Christ as neg had, which implied confidence toward Him and faith in Him. It follows that the wonder of salvation is that its message is to him that worketh not, but believeth on Him that justifieth the ungodly, and thus, that the one who strives for nothing obtains everything. And the further wonder is that this obtaining will be through never-ceasing time and in evereincreasing measure, THE GOSPEL Key verse: Mark 16:15 The English word “gospel” is from the Greek word euaggelion, which means, literally, a good message, or— as it is generally expressed—good tidings. It is a highly important word, signifying the essential character of the gospel, which is ordained by God to carry to sinful men the conception that it contains and conveys good and glad news, for time and eternity. This gospel is necessarily one because it is unique, its source being that of grace, its process that of atonement and redemption, and its result that of salvation, sanctifica- tion and glory; and hence, it cannot be changed, either by being added to or taken from. But the gospel, as one, may be and has been given by the Spirit many different names, each one signifying a new aspect of it. In general, these names pertain to the age and condition in which the gospel is preached, each designation placing that special emphasis upon it as the existing time and circumstance suggest and require. I. There is but one gospel: 1. “Another gospel which is not another’”—Gal. ic “Gospel Pee eta Cer Mian nea Di teDy, revelation’—Gal. 1:11, 12. If. Men forbidden to preach any other gospel: 1. “Though we, or an angel from heaven, preach any other . . . accursed’—Gal. 1:8, 9. III. Men commanded to preach the one gospel: 1. “Go . . . preach the gospel”—Mark 16:15. 101 102 OuTLINE BrsBLE STUDIES IV. The one gospel has different names, signifying vari- _ a | a Oa ND) eet oe ous relationships: . “The gospel’; first occurrence—Mark 1:15. . “The gospel of God”; first occurrence—Rom. 15:16. . “The gospel of the grace of God”; only occur- rence—Acts 20:24. “The glorious gospel of the blessed God”; only occurrence—1l1 Tim. 1:11. . “The gospel of his Son”; only occurrence— Rom. 1:9. “The gospel of Christ”; first occurrence—Rom. 15:19 . “The gospel of Jesus Christ”; only occurrence —Mark 1:1. . “The gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ”; only occurrence—2 Thess. 1:8. . “The gospel of the kingdom”; first occurrence —Matt. 4:23. . “The gospel of the kingdom of God”; first oc- currence—Mark 1:14. . “The gospel of peace”; only occurrence—Eph. G15: . “The gospel of the circumcision”; only occur- rence—Gal. 2:7. . “The gospel of the uncircumcision”; only oc- currence—Gal. 2:7. . “The everlasting gospel”; only occurrence— Rev. 14:6. THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO THE ANGELS I. Their theme, Christ: a: fp 5% Angel of Lord to Joseph; a Saviour—Matt. L220 2k : Gabriel to Mary; a King—Luke 1 :31-33. Angel of Lord to shepherds; a Lord—Luke 2 :8-12, SALVATION 103 4. Heavenly host to shepherds ; a Redeemer—Luke 21S 14 : 5. Angel of Lord to women; a crucified One— Matt. 28 :2-5. | 6. Angel of Lord to women; a resurrected One— Matt. 28:6, 7. 7. Many angels about throne; a coming and glori- fied One—Rev. 5:11, 12. ELECTION 1. A‘ fact: 1. Concerning Christ—Isa. 42:1; 1 Pet. 2:6. 2. Concerning angels—1 Tim. 5:21. 3. Concerning Israel—Deut. 7:6; Isa. 45:4; Rom. DL De nee 4. Concerning the church—1 Pet. 5:13. II. Its process: 1. From God—1 Thess. 1:4; Titus 1:1. 2. By and in Christ—John 13:18; 15:16; Eph. 1:4. 3. Through the Spirit—2 Thess. 2:13; 1 Pet. 1:2. III. Its explanation: 1. According to God’s foreknowledge—Rom. 6:29 >"1Pet= b:2. 2. According to the good pleasure of His will— Eph. 1:5. IV. Its purpose: . Unto adoption—Eph. 1:5. Unto salvation—2 Thess. -2:13. Unto obedience—1 Pet. 1:2. . Unto good works—Eph. 2:10. . Unto conflict—2 Tim. 2:4. . Unto glory—Rom. 9:23. . Unto be exceeding riches of His grace—Eph. 2 :4-7. NOD U1 BN 104 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES V. Its application: 1. To individuals—Gen. 7:1; 12:1, 2; 21:12; 28 :13-15; 49:22-26; Exod. 3:7-18; Joshua 1:1-7; Judges 6:11-14; 13:2-5, 24; 1 Sam. Ste 1-21; 16:11-13; Jer. 1 4-10; Luke 1 :5- Lo Rom. 9: 122135 16: 1o1Galil 15: 2. To the Jews—Rom. 11:5-7. 3. To the Gentiles (including the heathen)—Rom. 11:11-15; Eph. 1:4, 5; 2:1-13. THE ATONEMENT The word atonement, as it is found in the Old Testa- ment, is derived from the Hebrew root kaphar, which means to cover, and which conveys the thought of a divine covering of human sin. The word, as it occurs in the New Testament, is katallagé, which means an exchange, and which presents the idea of adjustment, that is, the restoration of sinful man to the divine favor. © I. What the atonement is: 1. It is representative—Matt. 20:28; 1 Cor. 15:22; Gal. 2:20, R. V.; Heb. 2:14. 2. It is penal—Isa. 53:5, 10, 11; Matt. 20:28; Mark 10:45; 1 Cor. 5:7; 1 Tim. 2:6; 1 John 4:10. 3. It is vicarious (substitutionary)—Isa. 53:8, 12; 2iCoreore reel tRet3218: 4, It is expiatory—Rom. 3:25, 26; 5:9, 10, 18; 2 Cor. 5:21; Eph. 1:7; Col. 1:19, 20; 1 Thess. 5:10; Heb. 9:14, 15, 22; 10:19, 20; 1 Pet. 1:18, 19; 2:24; Rev. 5:9, 5. It is cleansing—1 John 1:7; Rev. 1:5; 7:14. 6. It is conquering—Rom. 8:34, 37; Gal. 5:24; 6:14; Rev. 12:11. SALVATION 105 UNDER THE BLOOD Key verse: I Pet. 1:18, 19 I. Old Testament pictures: 1. Redemption—Gen. 3:21. . Worship—Gen. 4:3-7. . Blessing—Gen. 8 :20-22. . Safety—Exod. 12:1-6, 12, 13. . Fellowship—Exod. 12:6-11. . Service—Exod. 29:19, 20, 21. . Cleansing—Lev. 14:1-7. THE FIVE OFFERINGS In Leviticus The five offerings of Leviticus set forth the one offer- ing of Christ on Calvary’s cross, and, as types, they ex- plain the anti-type. While, therefore, they may be studied separately, they are to be regarded as a whole. NON U1 & Go DQ I. Some facts concerning the offerings: 1. All were commanded, yet all were voluntary. 2. All, except the meal offering, were bloody. oe All, except the meal offering, were expiatory. 4, The blood poured out was sacrificial, a yielded up life; and substitutional, a life for a life. II. The five offerings in their order: 1. The burnt offering (with blood)—1:1-17; 6 :8-13. (1) From the herd or flock; for the richer class—1 :2. (2) Turtle dove or young pigeon; for the poorer class—1 :14. (ye livot fe herd, a male without blemish (4) All consumed upon the altar and offered to God in flame and smoke, the whole being for Him alone—l1 :9. 106 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES (5) Meaning; atonement, wrath appeased and sin covered. . (6) Represented Christ as Son of God and as the sacrifice for sin—lIsa. 53:6, 9; 2 Core ose ks Gallet asec ee 2. The meat or meal-offering (without blood)— Lev. 2:1-16; 6:14-23. (1) Fruit of the ground, that is, grain, ground into fine flour—2:1. (2) With frankincense—2:1. (3) No leaven—2:11. (4) Salted—2 :13. (5) Priests took handful—2:2, 3. (6) Three kinds—2:1-3; 4:11; 14-16. (7) Meaning; Hebrew, a present; gift of gratitude, seeking divine favor and blessing. ) (8) Represented Christ as Son of man and as the offering which, with the burnt- offering, made the offerer. acceptable and the object of divine blessing—2 Cor. 2:14-16; Heb. 7:24-28. 3. The peace-offering (with blood)—Lev. 3:1-17; 7:11-34; 19:5-8; 22 :21-25, (1) From the herd, male or female—3 :1. (2) Hands on head, blood sprinkled—3:2. (3) Fat offered by fire—3:3, 9-16. (4) Part eaten by priests—7 :15-19. (5) Fat and blood not to be eaten—3 :16, 17; 7 :22-27; 17:10-16. (6) Meaning; exhibition of friendship and fellowship. (7) Represented Christ as Son of God and man, who made peace for the sinner and brought him into fellowship with God—Rom. 5:1; 15:13; Eph. 2:14, . 15; Phil. 4:7; 2 Thess. 3:16. 4. The sin-offering (with blood)—Leyv. 4:1-35. 1) For particular sins, especially sins of ignorance—4 :1-3, 13; 5:4. SALVATION 107 (2) A young bullock, without blemish—4:3. (3) Hands on head—4:4. (4) Burnt on the altar—4:10. (5) Remainder, burnt without the camp— 4:11, 12. (6) Blood sprinkled before vail and touched on horns of incense altar—4:5-7. (7) Meaning; burnt offering atoned for sin; this for expiation of sins. (8) Represented Christ as Son of God and man, and as the atonement for daily known and unknown sins—John 13:1- LO milo Petese18 johns / 2-1: 5. The trespass-offering (with blood)—Lev. 5 :14- . 190° 631-75: f:21-7. (1) For particular sins, including sins of ignorance—5 :15, 17. (2) Ram, without blemish—5 :15. (3) Rump and fat burned on altar—7:3-5. (4) Blood sprinkled about the altar—7 :2. (5) Priests ate of remainder—7 :6. (6) Meaning; burnt-offering atoned for sin; sin offering expiated sins; this made satisfaction and reparation for special sins where they had invaded God’s pro- prietary right in the offerer. (7) Represented Christ as Son of God and man, and as the atonement for special sins—Acts 8:18-23; 1 Cor. 5:1-7; Gal. 2 :11-20. CHRIST, REJECTED OF MEN Key verses: Isa. 53:3; John 1:11 I. Christ’s rejection in detail: 1. Thought to be other than Christ—Mark 8:27, 28 2. Not understood by people—Luke 18:34. 3. Misunderstood by disciples—John 4:31-34. 108 OvutTLINE BrsBLe STUDIES . Called a sinner—John 9:24. . Said to be a base fellow—Matt. 11:19. Charged with being mad—John 10:20. Said to be possessed of a devil—Mark 3:22. . They seek to entrap Him in His talk—Matt. Z2Ad: . His life is plotted against—Matt. 26:3, 4. . Threatened with being thrown over a cliff— Luke 4:28, 29. . Threatened with being stoned to death—John 8:59. . Betrayed by Judas—Luke 22 :4-6, 47. . Deserted by apostles—Mark 14:50. . Falsely charged by witnesses—Matt. 26:59. . Accused by the chief priests and scribes—Luke 25210: . A murderer preferred before Him—Luke 23 :17-19, 25. . His death demanded—Mark 15:12-14. . Condemned to death—Matt. 26:65, 66. . His person maltreated—Matt. 26 67 ; 27 :26-31. . Made to bear His own cross—John 19:17. . Crucified with thieves—Luke 23:32, 33. . Reviled upon the cross—Matt. 27 :39-44. . Sealed in tomb—Matt. 27 :62-66. THE CRUCIFIXION OF CHRIST I. The order of events: 1. To Golgotha—Matt. 27 :31-33. —" COONAN MB WN . Drink refused by Him—Matt. 27 :34. . Crucified—Luke 23:33. . First cry, “Father forgive’—Luke 23 :34. . Reviled by rulers—Matt. 27 :39-43; Luke 23:35. . Mocked by soldiers—Luke 23 :36, 37. . Derided by thieves—Matt. 27:44; Luke 23:39. ’ . One thief repented—Luke 23 :40-42. . Second cry, “To-day”—Luke 23:43. . Third cry, “Woman, behold”—John 19:26, 27. SALVATION 109 11. Darkness over the sky—Matt. 27:45. 12. Fourth cry, “My God’—Matt. 27:46. 13. Fifth cry, “I thirst”—John 19:28. 14. Se oY: “Father into thy hands’—Luke LS Seventh cry, “Tt is finished”—John 19:30. 16. Spirit dismissed—John 19:30. THE SUBSTITUTIONARY DEATH OF CHRIST I. Foretold in prophecy: 1. Thou shalt bruise his heel—Gen. 3:15. 2. He hath borne our griefs, etc.—Isa. 53 :4-6. II. Pre-figured in type: . Coats of skins—Gen. 3:21. . The firstling of the flock—Gen. 4:4. . Every clean beast—Gen. 8:20. . Aram caught in a thicket—Gen. 22 :9-13. . Take every man a lamb—Exod. 12:3-7, 13. . The bullock before the Lord—Lev. 1:2-5. . The two goats—Lev. 16:5-9, 21. . The serpent—Num. 21 :6-9. Ill. Fulfilled in history: 1. Behold the Lamb of God—John 1:29. 2. Destined to be lifted up—John 3:14, 15. 3. Crucified by men, and judged of God—Matt. 27 :35, 45, 46. 4, The offering completed—John 19:30. IV. Divine in purpose and effect: 1. Universal in offering—John 3:16; 1 John 2:2. 2. Possible of acceptance—John 3:16; 3:14, 15. 3. Satisfying in effect: (1) Redeemed from curse of law—Gal. 3:13. (2) Made the righteousness of God—2 Cor. ae CONT OD U1 & Go DO (3) At peace and made whole—Isa. 53:5. (4) Brought home to God—1 Pet. 3:18. V. Infinite in results—Phil. 2:6-11. 110 OQuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES THE NEW BIRTH Historically and experimentally speaking, the process of salvation, from the divine standpoint, is first, redemp- tion, and then, as a result, justification. Its process, from the human standpoint, is first, the revelation of the Word concerning Christ to the spirit, and then, the personal ac- ceptance by faith of God’s testimony concerning Christ, being born from above through the Holy Spirit, and be- coming a son of God. As the redemption and justification are perfect and lasting, the sonship is secure for time and eternity. I. A necessity: 1. Christ so declared—John 3:3-6. 2. Paul so affirmed—Rom. 8:5-11. II. The process: 1. Of God—John 1:13; 1 Pet. 1:3. 2. By Christ—1 John 5:1. 3. Through the Spirit—John 3:5, 6. III. The means: 1. The resurrection of Christ—1 Pet. 1:3. 2. The Word—Jas. 1:18; 1 Pet. 1:23. 3. Faith—1 John 5:1. IV. The portrayal: 1. A new creation—2 Cor. 5:17; Gal. 6:15; Eph. 2240: 2. Newness of life—Rom. 6:4. 3. A new spirit—Rom. 7:6. 4. Partaking of the divine nature—2 Pet. 1:4. 5. The washing of regeneration—Titus 3:5. 6. A daily renewing of the inward man—2 Cor. 4:16. 7. A spiritual resurrection—Rom. 6:4-6; Eph. 2:1, 5 3 Golo? tla tcl. IIT. IV. SALVATION mas . The result: . Delight in God’s law—Rom. 7:22; 1 Pet. 2:2. . Knowledge of God—Col. 3:10. . Turning away from sin—1 John 3:9; 5:18. . Rightness of life—Eph. 4:24; 1 John 5:19. . Likeness to God—Col. 3:10. . Likeness to Christ—Rom. 8:29; 2 Cor. 3:17, 18. . Victory over the world—1 John 5:4, 5. NTO On & Ge DD BORN OF GOD . It is commanded: 1. “Ye must be born again”—John 3:7. . The reason for it: 1. Flesh remains flesh—John 3:6. 2. Flesh cannot inherit the kingdom—John 3:3. The process: 1. By believing—1 John 5:1. 2. By receiving—John 1:12, 13. 3. By Word and Spirit—John 3:5. The evidence of : 1. Loving—1 John 4:7, 2. Doing righteousness—1 John 2:29, . The results of: 1. Abiding—1 John 3:6. 2. Overcoming—1 John 5:4, 5. 3. Not continuing in sin—1 John 5:18, R. V. A NEW CREATURE Key verse: 2 Cor, 5:17 . What he becomes: 1. A new creation—2 Cor. 5:17, R. V., margin. 2. A new man—Eph. 4:24; Col. 3:9, 10. 112 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES II. What he inherits: 1. A new name—Isa. 62:2; Rev. 3:12; Rev. 2:17. 2. A new covenant—Jer. 31:31. III. What he possesses: 1. A new spirit—Ezek. 11:19. 2. A new heart—Ezek. 36:26. 3. A new song—Psa. 40:3. 4. A new tongue—Mark 16:17. 5. New compassions—Lam. 3:22, 23, TV. What he expects: 1. A new heaven and earth—Isa. 65:17; Rev. 21:1. 2. All things new—Rev. 21:5. GOD’S PARDON Pardon, scripturally considered, is more than forgive- ness. As the sin to be pardoned had been against the divine law, that law had to be honored in the fulfilment of its penalty, and forgiveness could not be granted till this had been done. It was Christ’s death which met the penalty condition, and it was His resurrection which made this applicable to the believing sinner. Pardon, then, is not only forgiveness; it is also justification. I. God alone can pardon: 1. Who can forgive but God?—Mark 2:7. 2. To God belongs forgiveness—Dan. 9:9; Luke 5:21, 24. II. God offers pardon: 1. Freely—Isa. 45 :22. 2. Readily—Psa. 86:5. 3. Abundantly—Isa. 55:7. III. God’s condition of pardon: 1. By Christ—Acts 5:30, 31. 2. Through faith in Christ—Acts 10:38-43. SALVATION 113 JUSTIFICATION Justification is that state into which the sinner is brought by divine grace wherein he is made judicially acceptable before God. The problem before God in saving man was to be both just and the justifier of the ungodly; and He solved it by sending His Son into the world, and through His sacrificial death in behalf of sinners. When, there- fore, the believer accepts this substitution of the just for the unjust, he meets the requirements of the law and becomes fully and forever justified. Justification, then, is both law enforcement and law satisfaction. I. None justified before God: 1, How can man be justified with God?—Job 25 34. 2. No man justified in God’s_ sight—Psa. 14312 2: 3. No flesh justified in His sight—Rom. 3:20. II. Impossible to obtain justification by good works: 1. The doers, not hearers of the law, are justified —Rom. 2:13. 2. None are justified by the law—Gal. 3:11; LAAN Se BY the law is the knowledge of sin—Rom. S220, 4. Law, a schoolmaster to lead to Christ—Geal. 3:24, Ill. Justification the work of God: 1. It is God that justifieth—Rom. 8:33. 2. Justification a free gift—Rom. 5:16. 3. Justified freely by His grace—Rom. 3:24. IV. The means of justification: 1. By Jesus Christ: (1) He shall justify many—Isa. 53:11. (2) Justified through the redemption in Christ Jesus—Rom. 3:24. 114 OuTLINE BrsLE STUDIES (3) Justified by His blood—Rom. 5:9. (4) God the justifier of him that believeth on Jesus—Rom. 3:25, 26. (5) By Him all that believe are justified from all things—Acts 13:38, 39. (6) Raised for our justification—Rom. 4:25, 2. Through the Spirit: (1) By the Spirit of our God—1 Cor. Sola. V. The conditions to be fulfilled for justification : 1. Confessing sin—Luke 18:13, 14. 2. Ceasing from dead works—Rom. 4:5. 3. Believing on God as the justifier—Acts 13:38, 38, | 4. Having faith in Christ: (1) The just live by faith—Gal. 3:11. (2) Justified by faith, not by works—Rom. 3:28; Gal. 2:16. (3) Justified by faith in Jesus—Rom. 3:25, 26. VI. How justification is to be manifested: 1. By doing the works of faith—Jas. 2:21, 4, b VII. The effect of justification upon the believer : 1. Saved from wrath—Rom. 5 :9, 2. Justified from all things—Acts 13:39. 3. Not to be charged with sin by any—Rom. EK F . Peace with God—Rom. 5:1. . Washed and sanctified—1 Cor. 6:11. . Heirs of hope—Titus 3:7. . Glorified—Rom. 8:30. NON on & SALVATION 115 RIGHTEOUSNESS Righteousness is right-ness before God and man, which implies equity in character and act. Hence, it has refer- ence both to being and doing, the outward act being the evidence of the inward state. Scripturally speaking, it: is both imputed and imparted, the first by the meritorious death of Christ, and the second through the quickening and empowering of the Holy Spirit. The believer in Christ, therefore, is altogether righteous; and, through the Spirit, he becomes increasingly so. I. Man incapable of righteousness: 1. “None righteous”—Rom. 3:10. 2. “Our righteousnesses are as filthy rags’’—Isa. II. Righteousness only from God: 1. “The Lord is righteous’”—Psa. 145:17. 2. Righteousness is God’s gift—Rom. 5:17. 3. Through Christ—Rom. 3:21, 22. III. God’s righteousness should be obtained: 1. “Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst” —Matt. 5:6. 2. “Seek ye first”—Matt. 6:33. IV. How righteousness is obtained: 1. Revealed through Gospel—Rom. 1:16, 17. 2. By faith in unseen—Heb. 11:7. 3. Law is fulfilled—Heb. 10:1; Rom. 10:4. 4. Past gone—Rom. 3:25. 5. Present and future provided for—Rom. 4:25. 6. We made righteous—2 Cor. 5:21. 7. Confession sealsk—Rom. 10:9, 10. V. Obligations upon the righteous: 1. To yield to righteousness—Rom. 6:13. 2. To be “filled with the fruits of righteousness” —Phil. 1:10, 11. oe ae 116 VI. VII. VIII. Vil. OvuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES Promises for the righteous: 1. Prayers answered—Jas. 5:16; 1 Pet. 3:12. 2. Comforted—Matt. 5:4. 3. Shall shine as sun—Matt. 13:43. 4. Shall be crowned—2 Tim. 4:8. Blessings upon the righteous: 1. Life—Rom. 5:21. 2. Peace and quietness—Isa. 32:17. 3. Armed—Eph. 6:14 The final song of the righteous: 1. Righteousness not my own—Phil. 3:8, 9. THE CHILDREN OF GOD . Their entrance into the family: 1. “By nature the children of wrath”—Eph. 2:3. 2. “Children of God by faith’—Gal. 3 120, 3. Sins forgiven—1 John 2:12. . Their first cry: 1. “Abba, Father”—Gal. 4:6; Rom. 8:15. . Their surroundings: 1. Children of the light and day—1 Thess. 5:5. . Their walk: 1. “Followers of God”—Eph. 5:1. . Their obligation: 1. “Little children . . . sin not”—1 John 2:1. . Their privilege: 1. “Hast revealed . . . unto babes”’—Matt. 11:25. 2. “Know all things’”—1 John 2:18-20. Their destiny : 1. “Joint heirs with Christ’—Rom. 8:16, 17. it II. IV. wae SALVATION 117 THE SONS OF GOD . Sonship not of flesh: 1, Flesh is unclean—Job 25:4. 2. Flesh not of God—Rom. 9:8. 3. “Must be born again’”—John 3:6, 7. Separation necessary for sonship: 1. “Come out . . . be ye separate’—2 Cor. 6:17, 18. God’s provision for sonship: . Christ the firstborn—Heb. 1:6. . Christ like to God—Col. 1:15. Christ like to man—Heb. 2:14. . We like the firstborn—Rom. 8:29, . Born of Spirit—John 3:5, 6. . “By faith in Christ’—Gal. 3:26; John 1:12; 1 John 5:1. 7. Through Word—1 Pet. 1:23; Jas. 1:18. Anh Wh Marks of sonship: 1. “Cry, Abba, Father’”—Rom. 8:15, 16; Gal. 4:6. 2. Led by Spirit—Rom. 8:14. 3. Chastened—Heb. 12:5. 4. Unknown—1 John 3:1. . What is expected of sons: 1. To give heart to God—Prov. 23:26. 2. To follow Christ—Eph. 5:1. 3. To be led by Spirit—Rom. 8:14. 4. To be blameless—Phil. 2:15. 5. To be holy—1 Pet. 1:14, 15. The inheritance of sons: 1. Joint-heirs with Christ—Gal. 4:7; Rom. 8:16. 17. 118 OuTLINE BisLeE STUDIES IN CHRIST Whatever English preposition is used in the following passages in the Authorized Version before the word “Christ,” in the original it is “in.” I. God’s provision in Christ: 1. Grace—2 Tim. 1:9. 2. Ministry of reconciliation—2 Cor. 5:18, 19. II. God’s gifts in Christ to the individual: 1. Redemption—Rom. 3:23, 24. 2. New creation—2 Cor. 5:17. 3. No condemnation—Rom. 8:1. 4. Preservation—Jude 1. 5. Participation—Eph. 3:5, 6. 6. Exaltation—Eph. 2:6. 7. Freedom—Rom. 8:2. 8. Strengthening—Phil. 4:13. 9. Triumph—2 Cor. 2:14. 10, Full supplies—Phil. 4:19, 11. Full blessing—Eph. 1:3. III. God’s gifts in Christ to the church: 1, Unity—Gal. 3:28. 2. Membership—Rom. 12:5. 3. Resurrection—1 Thess. 4:16. 4. Life everlasting—1 Cor. 15:22. IV. God’s purpose in Christ: 1. To gather all things in one—Eph. 1:10. IN CHRIST Key verse: Eph. 1:3 I. Two statements: 1. We in Christ; this aspect is largely judicial— - Rom. 8:1. 2. Christ in us; this aspect is largely experimental —Gal. 4:19. SALVATION 119 II. What we have in Christ: OONAUB WN . Redemption—Rom. 3:24. . No condemnation—Rom. 8:1. . Preservation—Jude 1. . New creation—2 Cor. 5:17. . Freedom—Rom. 8:2. . Power—Phil. 4:13. Victory—2 Cor. 2:14. . Glory—Eph. 2:6, 7. CHRIST IN US Key verse: Gal. 4:19 I. Christ in us gives: ih oe 3. 4. Life; “life because of righteousness’—Rom. 8:10. Life abundant; “Christ liveth in me’’—Gal. Are: Life ever-increasing; “being rooted and grounded”—Eph. 3:17-19. Life finally triumphant; “hope of glory”—Col. tei f IDENTIFICATION WITH CHRIST I. Identification with Christ makes the following true: NOW B OW NOR . We are crucified—Gal. 2:20, R. V. . We are dead—2 Cor. 5:14, R. V.; Col. 3:3; Rom. 6:3. . We are buried—Col. 2:12; Rom. 6:4. We are risen—Col. 2:12; Rom. 6:4; Col. 3:1-3. . We are exalted—Eph. 2:6. . We are glorified—Rom. 8:29, 30. We are coming—1 Thess. 4:14; 3:13; Col. 3:4. t ort ah _ PART VII SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE Spiritual experience is not related to the process of being saved, but of being sanctified. Salvation rests en- tirely and exclusively upon the death and resurrection of Christ, we receiving the benefits of His sacrifice and being made alive, as we believe, in Him. Being saved, we are called to a life of sanctification, which is separation from all that is opposed to God, and separation to all that is pleasing and glorifying to Him. Thus sanctification is the result of salvation, and hence, it proceeds, not toward it, but from it. It is a fact, therefore, ‘that all spiritual experience per- tains to the Christian, and is his exclusive right, privilege and enjoyment. As to its development, this is brought to pass by faith in Christ and through the operation of the indwelling Spirit. As to its manifestation, this is as manifold as are the thought and power of God. The objective of all spiritual experience is the exaltation of the person of Christ, and thus, the glorification of God, who is His and our Father. Lig Vil Vill BELIEF . To believe is God’s will—John 3:16; 6:29; 1 John Se; . Scriptures written that men may believe—John Sa el tod ale Onin t 1.3 . Belief only, not works, the means of salvation— Rom. 4:5; Gal. 3:22; John 6:29. . Belief saves because it leads to justification—Acts 13:39; Rom. 3:20-22; 4:5; 4:22-25; 10:4; Gal. Viel Le es ets . Refusal to believe brings judgment—Psa. 78:21, 22; Mark 16:16; John 3:18, 36; 2 Thess. 2:11, 12; Heb. 3:18, 19. All who believe receive eternal life—Mark 16:16; John 1:7; 3:14-17; 5:24; 6:47; Acts 10:43; 1359: Eternal life begins as soon as belief begins—John 3:36; 6:47. The result of believing is manifold: 1. Sealed by Spirit—Eph. 1:13. . Sons of God—John 1:12. Not abide in darkness—John 12:46, . Overcome—1 John 5:5. . Never thirst—John 6:35. Enter into rest—Heb. 4:3. . Possess joy and peace—Rom. 15:13; 1 Pet. peas . Have privilege of suffering—Phil. 1:29. . Enter into glory—2 Thess. 1:10. 123 0% NAMAWH 124 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES THE LIFE OF FAITH Key verse: Rom. 1:17 I. Faith the essential condition of all spiritual blessing ; it makes possible: . Approach to God—Heb. 11:6. . Salvation—John 6:47; 1 Cor. 1 . Sonship—John 1:12; (Gal. 4:1 . Prayer—Matt. 21:22; Jas. 1:6 . Fellowship—1 Pet. 2:7. . Power—Mark 9:23; John 14:12; 7:38. . Victory—1 John 5:4, 5. i -6). weet, Hope—Rom. 15:13. . Glory—2 Thess. 1:10. II. How the condition of faith is to be fulfilled: i Ze By Christ—Heb. 12:2, R. V. Through Word—Rom. 10:17. ASSURANCE Assurance does not add to our salvation, making it more certain and lasting. All believers, because redeemed by the infinitely acceptable sacrifice of Christ, are wholly and forever saved. But one may be saved and not be sure of it, and one may be saved and be sure of it. Assurance, therefore, has to do with knowledge, and, as a result, with peace and joy and fruitfulness of service. Key verse: 1 John 5:13, R. V. I. Old Testament pictures: if Zi 3. As far as the east is from the west—Psa. 103 :12 Blotted out as a thick cloud—Isa. 44 :22. Behind God’s back—Isa. 38:17. 4. Into depths of the sea—Mic. 7:19. SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE 125 II. New Testament facts: 1. It is finished—John 19:30. 2. A righteous Advocate—1 John 2:1. . Justified from all things—Acts 13:39. No condemnation—Rom. 8:1. . Have everlasting life—John 6:47. . Lives hid with Christ in God—Col. 3:1, 3. . As Christ is, we are—1 John 4:17. ve shall not come into judgment—John 5:24, V Oo ONAMA . We shall never perish—John 10:27-29, R. V. INNER EXPERIENCES I. For Christians: 1. Witness within—1 John 5:10. II. How to recognize: 1. The Spirit—John 15:26; 1 John 4:1, 2. III. As to salvation: 1. Quietness—Isa. 32:17. 2. Peace with God—Rom. 5:1. IV. As to sanctification: 1. Fellowship—1 John 1:1, 3, 4. 2. Peace of God—John 16:33; 2 Pet. 1:2. 3. Joy—John 15:11. 4. Love to God—John 14:15, 21-23; 1 John 4:19; 5 <2. 5. Love to men—1 John 3:11, 14, 23; 4:7, 11; 2 John 5. LOVE I. God is the source of all love: 1. “Love is of God”—1 John 4:7. 2. “God is love’—1 John 4:8, 16. 3. “Herein is love . . . that he loved us’— 1 John 4:10. 126 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES II. Nothing can separate us from God’s love: 1. Nothing shall be able to separate—Rom. 8 :35- 39, III. Love always expresses itself: 1. “God so loved ... . that he gave”—John 3:16. 2. “Greater love hath no man”—John 15:13. 3. “By love serve one another”—Gal. 5:13. 4. “Let us not love in word . . . but in deed” —1 John 3:18. 5. “Who loved me, and gave himself for me”— Gal. 2:20. IV. We are commanded to love: 1. Both God and man—Matt. 22:35-39; Mark 12 :28-31; Luke 10:25-27; John 15:12, 17; Rom. 13:8-10; Gal. 5:14; Jas. 2:8; 1 John 4:19, , 2. Our enemies—Matt. 5:43, 44; Luke 6:27. 3. One another—John 13:34, 35; 15:12, 17; Rom. 13:8; 1 Thess. 4:9; 1 John 3:11, 23; 4:71 1: 2 John. 4. The brethren—1 John 3:14; 4:21. 5. Women their husbands—Titus 2:4. 6. Husbands their wives—Eph. 5:25, 28, 33; Col. 3:19. 7. Parents their children—Titus 2:4. V. There are different kinds of love: 1. The love of friendliness (Greek, phileé6)— John 21:15, 16, 17 (Rotherham’s Transla- tion). 2. The love of deity (Greek, agapaé)—John 331603513313 7223; (263 2iels Lone (Rotherham’s Translation). : VI. We may have the divine love: 1. “Love of God is shed abroad in our hearts”— Rom. 5: SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE 127 . “Ye shall abide in my love”—John 15:10. . “The fruit of the spirit is love’—Gal. 5:22. . “Direct your hearts into the love of God’”—2 Thess. 3:5. “Keep yourselves in the love of God”—Jude ZN; nm BROWN VII. Love is to increase: 1. “Abound in love”—1 Thess. 3:12. 2. “Your love may abound yet more and more” —Phil. 1:9, 3. “In him verily is the love of God perfected” —1 John 2:5. VIII. Love is to be pure: 1, “Love one another with a pure heart’’—1 Pet. bez: 2. “Let love be without dissimulation”—Rom. Leg) IX. Love is labour (Greek, toil which reduces strength) : 1. “Your labour of love”—1 Thess. 1:3. 2. “Labour of love’”—Heb. 6:10. X. Love is the condition of divine blessing: 1. “All things work together for good to them that love God”—Rom. 8:28. 2. “Eye hath not seen nor ear heard”—1 Cor. 2:29:10. 3. “Rooted and grounded in love, may be able to comprehend’—Eph. 3:17, 18. 4. “Promised to them that love him’”—Jas. 1:12; Pidep XI. The test of all love is obedience: 1. “The love of Christ constraineth’—2 Cor. 714, 2. “If ye love me, keep my commandments”— John 14:15, 23. 3. “We know that we love . . . when we . . . keep his commandments’—1 John Bees, me _ 128 I. God —" II. God 4. IIT. God pot IV. God OuTLINE BrsBLeE STUDIES JOY Key chapters: Psa. 98, 100 desires His people to be filled with joy: . “Let all those that put their trust in thee shout for joy” —Psa. ele . “Make a joyful noise” (1) “Unto the God of Jacob’—Psa. 81:1. (2) “To the rock of our salvation’”—Psa. 9531 (3) “Before the Lord, the King”—Psa, 98 :6. has provided joy for His people: . “God giveth to a man that is good in His sight, wisdom, and knowledge, and joy’”— Eccles. 2:26. . “Behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all peopl aa ZAO WIA: . “These things have I spoken unto you, that my joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full.”—John 15:11. oe fruit of the Spirit is love, joy’—Gal. . came with a perfect heart’”—1 Chron. 12:38. 3. Tam; pious, gentle: (1) “Job . . . perfect and upright’”—Job Tease . Takliyth; completion: (1) “Find out the Almighty unto perfection” —Job 11:7. . Mimleh; completion (of wealth) : (1) “Shall he prolong the perfection thereof ?”—Job 15:29. . Miklal; perfection (of beauty) : (1) “Out of Zion the perfection of beauty” —Psa. 50:2. . Tiklah; completeness: (1) “I have seen an end of all perfection’ — saat 19:96) 8. Tom; completeness (of prosperity) : (1) “They shall come upon thee in their per- fection”—Isa. 47 :9. 9, Kaliyl; complete (entirely consumed) : (1) “Is this the city that men call The per- fection of beauty?”—Lam. 2:15. aN on Nn NX PERFECTION In the New Testament I. The words used: 1, Artios; complete, in the sense of being fresh and perfect: (1) “That the man of God may be perfect” —2 Tim. 3:17. 2. Teleios; complete, in the sense of bringing to an end, in labor, growth and mental and moral development : (1) “Be ye therefore perfect”—Matt. 5:48. (2) “If thou wilt be perfect’—Matt. 19:21. 146 OvuUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES (3) “Every man perfect in Christ Jesus’— Col. 1:28. | (4) “That ye may stand perfect”—Col. 4:12. (5) “Without us should not be made perfect” —Heb. 11:40. 3. Katartisis; a thorough equipment: (1) “This also we wish, even your perfec- tion”’—2 Cor. 13:9. (2) “For the perfecting of the saints”—Eph. 4:12. (3) “Make you perfect in every good work” —Heb. 13:21. | 4. Epiteleo; to terminate: (1) “Perfecting holiness’—2 Cor. 7:1. 5. Plérod; to make replete, to cram (as a net), to level (as a hollow): (1) “I have not found thy works perfect” — Reviooue II. The general usage: 1. Teleios ; complete: (1) “I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one’”—John 17:23. (2) “To make the captain of their salvation perfect”—Heb. 2:10. (3) “Being made perfect’”—Heb. 5:9. BLAMELESS AND FAULTLESS To be “blameless” is to be without reproach, though not necessarily sinless; to be “faultless” is to be without blemish, and, therefore, to be sinless. The first condition may be realized in this life, as well as in the life to come; the second condition will only be realized in the life to come. I. Blameless: 1. Chosen to be without blame—Eph. 1:4. 2. Reconciled, to be presented unblameable—Col. Lazar: SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE 147 3. Do all, that we may be blameless—Phil. 2:14, 15. 4. Be diligent, that ye may be found blameless— 2 Pet. 3:14. 5. The Lord stablish your hearts unblameable—1 EneSsunec Cie ko: 6. May your spirit, soul and body be preserved blameless—1 Thess. 5:23. 7. Who shall confirm you that ye may be blameless —1 Cor. 1:8. II. Faultless: 1. Christ offered Himself without spot—Heb. 9:14. 2. Who is able to present you faultless—Jude 24. 3. Without fault before the throne of God—Rev. 14:4, 5 THE HIGHER LIFE I. The means of attaining it: 1. To know self as one with Christ in death: (1) The judicial fact: (a) Body dead because of sin—Rom. 8:10. (b) Dead to the law—Gal. 2:19. (c) Dead to law by body of Christ— ~ Rom, 7:4. (d) Flesh crucified—Gal. 5:24. (e) Old man is crucified—Rom. 6:6. (2) The personal experience: (a) Reckon yourselves dead—Rom. 6:11 (b) Mortify your members—Col. 3:5. (c) I have been crucified—Gal. 2:20. (d) By whom world is crucified and I unto world—Gal. 6:14. (e) Bearing about the dying—2 Cor. SLOSAU ES , 148 OuTLINE BisBLeE STUDIES 2. To know self as one with Christ in resurrection and ascension: (1) The judicial fact: (a) Quickened with Christ—Col. 2:13. (b) Raised with Christ—Eph. 2:6. (c) Life hid with Christ in God—Col. 3 :1-3. | (2) The personal experience: (a) Since risen, seek—Col. 3:1-3. (b) Should walk in newness of life— Rom. 6:4. (c) Know the power of Christ’s resur- rection—Phil. 3:10. (d) Reckon alive unto God—Rom. abl 3. To pass through, therefore, a two-fold process: (1) The putting off of the old man: (a) Ye have put off—Col. 3:9. (b) Put off the old man—Eph. 4:22. (c) Put off anger, etc—Col. 3:8. (2) The putting on of the new man: (a) Put on the new man—Eph. 4:24. (b) Put on mercies, ete——Col. 3:12- (c) Put ‘on the whole armor—Eph. 6:11. THE CHRISTIAN’S RELATIONSHIP Oi is Geet I. There is such a thing as truth: . “A God of truth’—Deut. 32:4. . “O Lord God of truth”’—Psa. 31:5. . “Tam the way, the truth”’—John 14:6, . “The Spirit of truth’—John 16:13. . “Thy word is truth”’—John 17:17. . “The truth of the Gospel”—Gal. 2:5, 14. NN tn BOD SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE 149 II. The truth as revealed in the Word is full and final, y Z 3. 4 III. The 1. UI RWN and, therefore, is never to be altered: “His truth endureth to all generations’”—Psa. 100:5. . “The truth of the Lord endureth for ever’— Peacn sic. “For ever, O Lord, thy word is settled in heaven”—Psa. 119:89. . “Heaven and earth shall pass away but my words shall not pass away’—Mark 13:31; Pukesz br30. . “Every word of God is pure . . . add thou not unto his words lest he reprove thee’— Proves02o%0, . “Ye shall not add unto the word which I com- mand you, neither shall ye diminish ought from it’”—Deut. 4:2. . “What thing soever I command you, observe to do it; thou shalt not add thereto, nor diminish from it”’—Deut. 12:32. . “If any man shall add unto these things, God shall add unto him the plagues that are written in this book, and if any man shall take away from the words of the book of this prophecy, God shall take away his part out of the book of life, and out of the holy city, and from the things which are written in this book’”—Rev. 213,19; truth, as revealed and contained in the Word, and nothing besides, is to be preached: “What ye hear in the ear, that preach”—Matt. 1D 227. . “Preach the word”—2 Tim. 4:2. . “Preach the gospel”—Mark 16:15. “That gospel which I preach”—Gal. 2:2. “The word of faith, which we preach”—Rom. 10:8. 150 OvutLINeE Breite Stupres 6. “I am made a minister, according to the dispen- sation of God which is given to me for you, to fulfill the word of God’”—Col. 1:25. 7. “Woe is unto me, if I preach not the gospel” — LCore S16; 8. “But though we, or an angel from heaven, preach any other gospel . . . let him be accursed’’—Gal. 1:8, 9. IV. The truth, as revealed and contained in the Word, is to be believed, lived, defended and preserved, at all times and at all cost: 1. “Continue thou in the things which thou hast learned”—2 Tim. 3:14. 2. “Hold fast the form of sound words”—2 Tim. PiiS: 3. “Holding fast the faithful word as he hath been taught”—Titus 1:9, 4. “Brethren stand fast, and hold the aden which ye have been taught, whether by word or oui: epistle’”—2 Thess. 2:15. 5. “Take heed unto thyself, and unto the doctrine; continue in them; for in doing this thou shalt both save thyself and them that hear thee’”— i Tim. 4:16 reth ba ‘eht the good fight of faith’—1 Tim. 6:12. “Whom we preach, warning every man’”—Col. 125, 8. “Preach the word . . . reprove, rebuke, ex- hort with all longsuffering and doctrine’”—2 Tim. 4:2. 9. “These things speak, and exhort, and rebuke with all authority’—Titus 2:15. 10. “Rebuke them sharply, that they may be sound in the faith’—Titus 1:13. 11. “Beloved, while I was giving all diligence to write unto you of our common salvation, I was constrained to write unto you exhorting you to contend earnestly for the faith which Dont LD SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE 151 was once for all delivered unto the saints’— Jude3.R2-V; 12. “To whom we gave place by subjection, no, not for an hour; that the truth of the gospel might continue with you”—Gal. 2:5. 13. “When Peter was come to Antioch, I withstood him to the face, because he was to be blamed when I saw that they walked not up- rightly according to the truth of the gospel” —Gal. 2:11-14. 14. “And the things that thou hast heard of me among many witnesses, the same commit thou to faithful men, who shall be able to teach others also” —2 Tim. 2:2. V. Departing from the truth leads to heresy, and tends to apostasy, and this, while it is foretold, is to be earnestly guarded against, both personally and in the church; from those who have departed from the truth, particularly in the case of professed teachers, we are commanded to withdraw our- selves: 1. “Take heed and beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and of the Sadducees’”—Matt. 16:6, 12. 2. “For I know this, that after my departing shall grievous wolves enter in among you, not spar- ing the flock; Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them’—Acts 20:29, 30. 3. “Now the Spirit speaketh expressly that in the latter times some shall depart from the faith” —1 Tim. 4:1. 4. “For the time will come when they will not en- dure sound doctrine . . . they shall turn away their ears from the truth . . . but watch thou in all things . . . make full proof of thy ministry’—2 Tim. 4:3-5. 152 op 10. 11. OUTLINE BisLe STUDIES “But there arose false prophets also among the people, as among you also there shall be false teachers ; who shall privily bring in destructive heresies, denying even the Master that bought them, bringing upon themselves swift destruc- tion. And many shall follow their lascivious doings; by reason of whom the way of truth shall be evil spoken of. And in covetousness shall they with feigned words make mer- chandise of you; whose sentence now from of old lingereth not, and their destruction | slumbereth not”—2 Pet. 2:1-3, R. V. . “But evil men and seducers shall wax worse and worse, deceiving and being deceived; but — continue thou in the things which thou hast learned and hast been assured of, knowing of ea thou hast learned them’—2 Tim. 3:13, 4 . “This know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come. For men shall be lovers of their own selves . . . having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof; from such turn away”—2 Tim. 3:1-5. . “But ye, brethren, be not weary in well doing; and if any man obey not our word by this epistle, note that man, and have no company with him that he may be ashamed”—2 Thess. afer BR eB . “Now I beseech you, brethren, mark them that are causing the division and occasions of stumbling, contrary to the doctrine which ye learned; and turn away from them’”—Rom. lol Rov: “Tf any man teach otherwise, and consent not to wholesome words, even the words of our’ Lord Jesus Christ, and to the doctrine which is according to godliness . . . from such withdraw thyself”—1 Tim. 6:3-5. “A man that is an heretick, after the first and second admonition, reject”—Titus 3:10. SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE 153 12. “If there come any unto you, and bring not this doctrine, receive him not into your house, neither bid him God speed; for he that biddeth him God speed is partaker of his evil deeds’ — 2, 0bnel0;) 11; VI. It is to be remembered that truth has more than one aspect, and that one of these is love. It is clear, therefore, that while safeguarding the faith even to the point, if need be, of protesting against and separating from false teachers, we are ever to show to such, as to all, the compassion and gen- tleness of Christ, remembering from what we have been saved and that it is by grace we stand, and, seeking, in this spirit, to bring back those who have apostatized into the truth from which they have departed: 1. “And . . . to godliness, brotherly kindness ; ae te brotherly kindness, charity”—2 Pet. 1:5-7. 2. “Above all these things put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness’”—Col. 3:14. 3. “Above all things have fervent charity among yourselves; for charity shall cover the multi- tude of sins’”—1 Pet. 4:8. 4. “Not rendering evil for evil, or railing for rail- ing; but contrariwise blessing; knowing that ye are thereunto called, that ye should inherit a blessing’—1 Pet. 3:9. 5. “Be ye all of one mind, having compassion one of another, love as brethren, be pitiful, be courteous’ —1 Pet. 3:8. 6. “Be ye, therefore, merciful, as your Father also is merciful’”—Luke 6:36. 7. “Forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors for if we forgive men their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive you; but if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your Father forgive your tres- passes” —Matt. 6:12, 14, 15. 154 10. ae 12. a: OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES . “And be ye kind one to another, tender-hearted, forgiving one another even as God for Christ’s sake hath forgiven you”—Eph. 4:32. . Brethren, if any of you do err from the truth, and one convert him, let him know that he which converteth the sinner from the error of his way shall save a soul from death, and shall hide a multitude of sins”—Jas. 5:19, 20. “The servant of the Lord must not strive; but be gentle unto all men, apt to teach, patient, in meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God peradventure will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the | truth; and that they may recover themselves out of the snare of the devil, who are taken captive by him at his will’—2 Tim. 2:24-26. “If any man obey not our word by this epistle, note that man, and have no company with him that he may be ashamed; yet count him not as an enemy but admonish him as a brother’—2 Thess. 3:14. “Moreover, if thy brother shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault between thee and him alone; if he shall hear thee thou hast gained thy brother; but if he will not hear thee, then take with thee one or two more, that in the mouth of two or three witnesses every word may be established ; and if he shall neglect to hear them, tell it unto the church; but if he neglect to hear the church, let him be unto thee as an heathen man and a pub- lican”—Matt. 18:15-17. “Brethren, if a man be overtaken in a fault, ye which are spiritual, restore such an one in the’ spirit of meekness, considering thyself lest thou also be tempted; bear ye one another’s burdens and so fulfill the law of Christ”— Cal rtrsl se SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE 155 NON-RESISTANCE IN THE NEW TESTAMENT I. It was the teaching of Christ: 1. Implied in His prophecies: (1) “Think not that I am come to send (2) (3) (4) (5) (0) (7) (8 peace’—Matt. 10:34-36. The disciple will be called Beelzebub, as his Master—Matt. 10:24, 25. “Ye shall be hated of all men’—Matt. 10°22, World hateth you; it will persecute you —John 15:19, 20. “Tn the world, ye shall have tribulation” —John 16:33. I send you forth as sheep among wolves —Matt. 10:16. Ye shall be delivered up to councils— Matt. 10:17, 18. ) They shall cause you to be put to death— Matt. 10:21. 2. Taught in His exhortations: (1) (2) Who loseth his life for Christ’s sake shall find it—Matt. 10:38, 39. Blessed are ye when persecuted—Matt. sed lai) Wo Resist not evil—Matt. 5:38. Give cloke, if asked for coat—Matt. 5 :40 Go two miles, if forced to go one—Matt. 5:41, Be harmless as doves—Matt. 10:16. Love your enemies—Matt. 5:44. Pray for your persecutors—Matt. 5:44. When persecuted, flee—Matt. 10:23. Fear not them which kill the body— Matt. 10:28. Rejoice; great is your reward in heaven ——Matt; 5:11; 12, 156 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES 3. Enforced by His example: (1) Did not strive or cry—Matt. 12:14-19. (2) Rejected aid of His disciples—Matt. POLO Leese (3) Refused to ask for legions of angeles Matt. 26:53, 54. | (4) Answered not a word—John 19:8-10. (5) Allowed. Himself to be mocked and scourged—Mark 15:15-20. (6) Allowed Himself to be crucified; “Father forgive !”—Luke 23:33, 34. II. It was the teaching and practise of the early disciples: 1. Their teaching: (1) James: (a) Take the Prophets for an example —Jas. 5:10. (2) Peter: (a) Christ our example, who threat- ened not—1 Pet. 2:21-23. (b) If ye suffer patiently, accepted with God—1 Pet. 2:20. (c) If ye suffer for the name of Christ happy are ye—1 Pet. 3:14. (d) Think suffering not strange; re- joice—1 Pet. 4:12-14. (e) If ye suffer as Christians, glorify God—1 Pet. 4:16. (f{) When ye suffer according to the will of God commit your souls to God—1 Pet. 4:19. (3) ‘Paul: (a) It is given us not only to believe, . but also to suffer—Phil. 1 :27- 30. (b) Our earthly portion, to be as sheep for the slaughter—Rom. BA 300. SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE lise eae (c) We are to be patient in tribulation —Rom. 12:12. (d) Recompense no man evil—Rom. P2elF (e) Avenge not yourselves—Rom. 12-719; (f{) “Bless them which persecute you” —Rom. 12:14. (g) Feed your enemy—Rom. 12:20. (h) “Overcome evil with good’— Romyi232 1% (1) The bond-slave of the Lord must not strive—2 Tim. 2:24. (j) God will recompense evil; rest till He comes—2 Thess. 1:5-7. (k) Be patient; Christ will come quickly—Heb. 10:34-37. 2. Their example: (1) The disciples were patient in persecution: (a) The Thessalonians were specially noted for this and were com- mended for it—1 Thess. 1:2-7; 2:13, 14. (b) Paul being persecuted, suffered it —1 Cor, 4:12. (2) The disciples considered persecution and suffering marks of God’s approval, and rejoiced accordingly : (a) The Hebrews took joyfully the spoiling of their goods—Heb. 10:34. (b) The apostles when beaten, re- joiced that they were worthy— Acts 5:40, 40. (c) Paul and Silas sang praises, when imprisoned—Acts 16:25-39. (3) If persecuted, they resorted to prayer: (a) Peter and John, when set free from arrest, went to their own 158 OutTLINE Brsis STUDIES company, and all prayed; not for vengeance or even for pro- tection, but for boldness to preach the Word—Acts 4:23- oie : (b) When Peter was in prison the disciples prayed for him, and God delivered him—Acts 12:3-8. (c) When Paul and Silas were in prison they prayed and God de- livered them—Acts 16:23-26. (4) When persecuted, they did not resist but went elsewhere: (a) Paul and Barnabas persecuted at — Antioch, went to Iconium— Acts 13:50-52. (b) Paul and Barnabas assaulted at Iconium, fled to Lystra—Acts 14:5-7. iN (c) Paul stoned at Lystra, departed to Derbe—Acts 14:19-21. (d) Uproar at Thessalonica; Paul and Silas went away—Acts 17 :5-10. (e) People stirred up at Berea; Paul sent away—Acts 17:13-15. (£) Disturbance at Ephesus; Paul de- parted—Acts 19:28, 29; 20:11. (5) Their chief concern was not to escape persecution, but to glorify God, whether in life or death: (a) Paul was not moved by persecu- tions; he did not count his life dear unto himself—Acts 20 :22- (b) Paul was ready not only to be’ bound, but also to die for the Lord Jesus—Acts 21:12, 13. (c) Paul earnestly hoped that Christ would be magnified in his body, SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE 159 whether by life or death—Phil. 20). (6) Their spirit in persecution was not that of vengeance but of forgiveness: (a) Stephen prayed, “Lord, lay not this sin to their charge”—Acts roa. lil. The alleged “difficulties” in the life and practise of Paul: 1. His words at Philippi: “Let them come and fetch us out’—Acts 16 :36-39. Non-resistance did not mean to Paul that he should act as if he were a criminal. He was innocent and had been unjustly impris- oned and desired to establish this for the truth’s sake and his work’s sake. 2. His defense upon the stairs, before the Jews— Acts 21 :37-40. Non-resistance did not mean to Paul the necessity of keeping silence when there was opportunity of attesting, by witnessing, his blamelessness of life. He had been at- tacked by the Jews without cause, which attack he had not resisted, nor had he sought protection from the Roman power; but being attacked and afterwards arrested, he sought to establish his innocency before the people who had wrongfully assaulted him. 3. His defense before Agrippa and Felix—Acts PEAS 262 a2: Non-resistance did not mean to Paul leaving his judges in the dark as to the condition of things respecting himself and his accusers. It is to be noted that he did not ask for punishment upon his persecutors, or for a guarantee of protection against them. He simply stated the facts as they were, that 160 OvuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES the judges might rightfully be guided in their course concerning him. 4. His question addressed to the soldier: “Is it law- ful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman, and uncondemned ?”—Acts 22:24, 255 Non-resistance did not mean to Paul self- martyrdom. He did not refuse to be scourged, nor would he have resisted scourging; but he would not seek it, and would avoid it, if it could rightfully be done. 5. His appeal to the Roman power: “I appeal unto Caesar’—Acts 25:9-11. Non-resistance did not mean to Paul careless- ness concerning justice and judgment. He had never made such an appeal before, and it is fair to assume that he would not have made it now, had he not been under arrest, and had he not been forced to choose one of two courts for his trial, either that at Jerusalem before the Jews, or that at Rome, before Caesar. To have chosen the Jeru- salem court would have been to put away all hope of justice, and, as he knew that the Jews were determined to kill him, such choice would have been suicide. He chose, therefore, Caesar’s court, where he knew that, at least, common justice would be given him. He was probably confirmed in the decision by the fact that the Lord had already told him in a vision that he was yet to bear witness in Rome. THE CHRISTIAN’S WALK Key verse: Jer. 10:23 I. Wrong walking: 1. He that walks in darkness—John 12:35. 2. I will walk contrary to you—Lev. 26:23, 24. SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE 161 II. Right walking: . Not after the flesh—2 Cor. 10:3. . Honestly—Rom. 13:13. . Worthy of vocation—Eph. 4:1-3. . Increasing in knowledge—Col. 1:10. . In love—Eph. 5:2. . As Christ did—1 John 2:6. III. Means of right walking: 1. By faith and not by sight—2 Cor. 5:7. 2. By following Christ—John 8:12. IV. Promises to those who walk rightly : 1. In the light—John 8:12. 2. Revived in trouble—Psa. 138:7. 3. Comforted in danger and death—Psa. 23:4. SPIRITUAL DYNAMITE All of the following passages contain the Greek word, dunamts, which is the basis of the English word, dynamite. I, All power is of God: 1. Thine is the power—Matt. 6:13. 2. His eternal power—Rom. 1:20. 3. Excellency of power . . . of God—2 Cor. 4:7. Aun Ne II. Christ is the expression of this power: 1. The power of the Highest overshadowed Mary—Luke 1:35. 2. Jesus served in the power of the Spirit—Luke 4:14. 3. Virtue went forth from Him—Mark 5:30; Luke 6:19; 8:46. 4. He was declared to be the Son of God with power—Acts 10: 38; Rom. 1:4. 5. He is in the place of power—1 Cor. 1:24. 6. He is to come with power—Matt. 24:30; 26:64; Mark 13:25, 26; 14:62; Luke 21 26, 2f 22°09; 162 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES III. Christ has given and is ready to give power to His 1. CN wn ae GL) disciples : Tarry until ye be endued with power—Luke 24 :49. . Ye shall receive power—Acts 1:8. . He gave the twelve power—Luke 9:1. . With great power gave the apostles witness— Acts 4:33. . Stephen, full of power—Acts 6:8. . God wrought special miracles through Paul— 7 FACIS ELS et ae That we may know His power—Eph. 1 :19-21. IV. Through unbelief, we may hinder the manifestation ie as of Christ’s power: He did not many mighty works there—Matt. Loto Mark 635, | Not knowing the power of God—Mark 12:24. V. Through belief, we may manifest Christ’s power: ite oe se 4. Paul manifested this power—Rom. 15:18, 19; CUOtae ak That 1 may know the power—Phil. 3:10. Strengthened with all power—Col. 1:11. God has given us power—2 Tim. 1:7. VI. What God’s power has done and does: — SOMNDA wmb W NE . It enabled Sarah to conceive—Heb. 11:11. . It brought to pass the birth of Christ—Luke 15335. . It caused demons to leave men—Luke 4:14, 36 Aolt healed men of diseases—Luke 5:17. . It makes the gospel the power of God—Rom. 1:16, . It saves the souls of men—1 Cor. 1:18. It works miracles—1 Cor. 12:10. . It gives endurance in suffering—2 Cor. 12:9. . It keeps us unto salvation—1 Pet. 1:5. . It upholds all things—Heb. 1:3. SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE 163 VII. The praise due to the God of Power: 1. To receive glory and honor and power—Rev. 4:11 2. To receive power and riches and wisdom— Reve 12: 3. Honor and power and might be unto—Rev. fete: 4. Now is come salvation and power—Rev. 12:10. 5. Honor and power unto the Lord our God— Rey; 19 +1; SUFFERING FOR CHRIST I. The Christian’s portion: 1. Salvation a sword of division—Matt. 10:34-39; Luke 12 :49-52. . Disciple not above Lord—Matt. 10:21-28. . Hate to be expected—John 15:18-21. . Our place without the camp—Heb. 13:13, 14. . Appointed to persecution—2 Tim. 3:12. . Expected to be partakers of the afflictions of the gospel—2 Tim. 1:8. . Must suffer tribulation if we enter the kingdom —Acts 14:22. II. Examples: 1. Prophets—Jas. 5:10, 11. 2. Saints—Heb. 11:35-38. 3. Paul—2 Cor. 4:6-11; 11:23-28; Gal. 6:14, 17; Phil 3 -7-11s Coly f 23924 te Tim. 1:16, 4. Christ—Heb. 2:9, 10; 1 Pet. 2:19-23; 4:12, 13. Ii. Explanation: . Proof of sonship—Heb. 12 :6-12. . Judgment—2 Thess. 1:4, 5; 1 Pet. 4:16-19. . Discipline—2 Thess. 1:5, 11, 12. . For perfecting—Heb. 5:7-9, . Gazingstock—Heb. 10:32-37. God glorified—1 Pet. 4:12-14. . Unto praise at appearing—1 Pet. 1:6, 7. N Au WO NOUR WDE 164 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES IV. Rewards: 10 f: III. IV: VI. —_ 1. Save life—Matt. 16:25. 2. We shall reign—2 Tim. 2:12. 3. Eternal weight of glory—2 Cor. 4:16-18. _ A FORWARD MOVEMENT Key verse: Exod. 14:15 . In knowledge: 1. “Increasing in the knowledge” (Greek, recogni- tion; full acquaintance) “of God’—Col. 1:9, 1b In personal holiness: 1. “Perfecting” (Greek, to fulfil further; to bring to a full end) “holiness in the fear of God’— 22GOT as ei: In prayer: 1. “Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watching’ (Greek, being sleepless) “thereunto with all verseverance and supplication”—Eph. 6:18. In grace: 1. “Grow in grace” (grace, from Greek salutation, Be well! Be glad! then graciousness )—2 Petizasi3: . In love: 1. “The Lord make you to increase and abound in love”’—1 Thess. 3:12. In power: 1. “Increase the fruits of your righteousness”— 2? Ger. 9 310: NEARNESS TO GOD . The nearer to God, the greater the blessing: 1. The nations: SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE 165 (1) Outward blessing—Matt. 5:45; Acts £725 WA AO els. 2. Israel: (1) Chosen—Deut. 14:1, 2. (2) Separated—Lev. 20:24-26. (3) Blessed—Num. 6:22-27. 3. Levites: (1) Separated from Israel—Num. 8:14. (2) Nowland)... <2 the =Lord—Deut. Sele: (3) Tabernacle service—Num. 1:50-53. (4) God’s gift to the priesthood—Num. 8:18, 19. (or Satisfied—Deut. 14:29, 4. Aaron and sons: (1) Clothed—Exod. 28:40, 41. (2) Anointed—Lev. 8:22-24, 30. (3) Ministers within the vail—Num. 18:7. (4) The best theirs—Num. 18 :9-14, 5. Nazarites: (1) All for God—Num. 6:1-8. (2) God all for them—Luke 1:13-17. WATCHING I. Meaning of word: 1. Gregoreud, from egewd, to rouse oneself from sleep, to waken, to collect one’s faculties, to be mentally and physically alert and active. II. Use of word: 1. As to faith—1 Cor. 16:13. 2. As to prayer—Matt. 26:38-41; Mark 13 :34-37; Col. 4:2. 3. As to evil—Acts 20:29-31; 1 Thess. 5:1-6, 10; eer -h: 4. As to Christ’s coming—Matt. 24 :42-44; 25:13; Mark 13 :32-37; Luke 12:35-40; Rev. 3:2, 3; Onto 166 VI. Vil. VIII. OvuTLINE Brste STUDIES HOPE . Only for believers: 1. Justified, then hope—Rom. 5:1, 2. 2. Joy and peace, then hope—Rom. 15:13. . The basis of hope: 1. The Word—Rom. 15:4. . Hope is not uncertain but sure: 1. An anchor to the soul—Heb. 6:17-20. . Hope has to do with the unseen: 1. Hope seen, is not hope—Rom. 8:24, 25. . Hope centers in Christ: 1. Christ is our hope—1 Tim. 1 a 2. Hope laid up in heaven, in Christ—Col. 1:3-5, Hope always connected with the resurrection: 1. Old Testament hope—Acts 26:6-8; 23:6; Mark. 123232277 blebi1 1-35; 2. Apostolic hope—Acts 24:14, 15. 3. Church’s hope—1 Pet. 1:3; 1 Thess. 5 :8-10. Hope only satisfied at the appearing of Christ: 1. At the coming—Titus 2:13. 2. At the revelation—1 Pet. 1:13. Effect of holding the hope: . It takes the sting out of death—1 Thess. 4:13. It secures joyful expectation—Rom. 5:2 . It leads to a full salvation—Rom. 8:24. 1. It is an anchor to the soul—Heb. 6:19. 2. It develops holiness of life—1 John 3:2, 3. 3. It promotes spiritual activity—Heb. 6:11, 12. 4. It COPE SUT and establishes—2 Thess. 2:16, 17. 5. It enables one to endure suffering—Rom. 8 :17-20. 6 Vf 8 PART VIII PRAYER Prayer is worship; and worship must be offered to God in spirit and truth. Prayer, therefore, is a spiritual exer- cise, which must be spiritually fulfilled. This means that prayer is the exclusive right and privi- lege of those who have been Spirit-born, that is, Chris- tians. An unconverted man may call upon the name of the Lord and so be saved. But this calling is not prayer, in the Scriptural sense of the term. Prayer, then, should be regarded by the Christian as a great and precious gift from God. It should be held, therefore, as such, and hence should be cherished, nourished and developed by every possible means. Effective prayer is that which is offered to the Father, in the name of Christ and in the power of the Holy Spirit, and which, also, is confident and expectant, because based upon a knowledge of God’s character and the certainty of His promises. The highest reach of prayer is when the subjective ele- ment is at the minimum and the objective at the maximum, that is, when the one who prays does so, not because of what he may get from God, but rather because of what he may give to Him. OLD TESTAMENT PRAY-ERS . Abraham—Gen. 15:2, 3; 17:17, 18; 18:23-32. . Abraham’s servant—Gen. 24 :12-14. . Jacob—Gen. 32 :9-12. . Moses—Exod. 32:11-13; Deut. 3:24, 25; 9:26- PIAS Ge 2 NULL So rrOO faLeL Ls boc. 2226 o 413219 27 °15-17; . Joshua—Joshua 7 :7-9, . Israel—Deut. 21:6-8; 26:5-10; 26:13-15. . David—2 Sam. 7:18-29; 24:17; 1 Chron. 29:10- bo esa mo uel. . Solomon—1 Kings 3:6-9; 8:23-53; 2 Chron. 6 :14-42. . Jabez—1 Chron. 4:10. . Asa—2 Chron. 14:11. . Jehoshaphat—2 Chron. 20:6-12. . Hezekiah—2 Kings 19:15-19; 20:3; 2 Chron. Oe Leben ean 3/12. 0-20 poo, . Manoah—Judges 13:8. . Samson—Judges 16:28, 30. . Hannah—1 Sam. 1:11. ; Seah Kings 1/ 220; 23 18:00. 57 19:4 10, Elisha—2 Kings 6:17, 18, 20. 169 170 XVIII. XIX. XX, XXI. >. PGA E XX OUTLINE BiBLE STUDIES Ezra—Ezra 9:6-15. Nehemiah—Neh. 1:5-11; 4:4, 5. Jonah—Jonah 2:2-9. Levites—Neh. 9:5-38. Jeremiah—Jer. 14:7-9, 13, 18, 19-22; 15:15-18, © Daniel—Dan. 9 :4-19. NEW TESTAMENT PRAY-ERS . Jesus—Matt. 6:9-13; 11:25, 26; 26:39; 27:46; Luke 10:21; 11:2-4; 22:42; 23:34, 46; John LBA 421227228 i120: . Pharisee—Luke 18:11, 12. . Publican—Luke 18:13. . Bartimaeus—Mark 10:47. . Syrophenician woman—Matt. 15:22. . Father of lunatic boy—Matt. 17:15. . Jairus—Matt. 9:18; Luke 8:41, 42. . Samaritan woman—John 4:15. . The penitent thief—Luke 23:42. . Apostles—Luke 17:5; Acts 1:24, 25; 4:24-30. . Stephen—Acts 7:59, 60. . Lepers—Matt. 8:2; Luke 17:13. . Centurion—Matt. 8:6. . Nobleman—John 4:49. . Blind man—Matt. 9:27. PRAYER 171 XVI. Paul—Acts 9:6, 11; 2 Cor. 12:8; Eph. 1:17-20; 3:14-21+ Phil, 1:9-11- Col. 1:9-11; 1 Thess. oh f a ee hess a hh eZ 1G sii 3") Heb. 13:20, 21. XVII. Church—Rev. 22:20. THE PRAYER LIFE OF JESUS I. His habits of prayer: 1. Alone—Matt. 14:23. 2. With selected few—Luke 9:28; Matt. 26:37, 38. 3. In presence of numbers—Matt. 14:19; Luke 24 :30. II. The occasions: 1. When inaugurated into priestly service—Luke 2. When choosing the Twelve—Luke 6:12, 13. 3. When transfigured—Luke 9:29, 4. When performing miracles: (1) Multiplying loaves—Matt. 14:19. (2) Raising dead—John 11:41. 5. After miracles had been performed: (1) After feeding multitudes—Matt. 14:23; Mark 6:46. (2) After healing—Mark 1 :32-35. 6. When sought after: (1) When fame went abroad—Luke 5:15, 16. (2) When they would make Him King— John 6:15. 7. When persecuted—Luke 6:11, 12. 8. When tempted—Matt. 26:36, 39, 42, 44; Mark 14:32-35; Luke 22 :41-44. 9. When suffering—Matt. 27 :46. 10. When dying—Luke 23:46. 172 OvutTLINE BrsLe STUDIES THE PRAYER LIFE OF PAUL I. His dependence upon prayer: 1. In general—1 Thess. 5:25. 2. In reaching friends—Philem. 22. 3. For journeying mercies—Rom. 15 :30-32. 4. In danger—2 Cor. 1:9-11. 5. As God’s minister—Heb. 13:17, 18. 6. In church contentions—Phil. 1:18, 19. 7. For effective preaching—2 Thess. 3:1. II. His faithfulness in prayer: 1. For Israel—Rom. 10:1. 2. For the saints: (1) Philemon—Philem. 4. (2) Timothy—2 Tim. 1:3. (3) Corinthians—2 Cor. 13:7. (4) Ephesians—Eph. 1:16. (5) Philippians—Phil. 1:4. (6) Colossians—Col. 1:3. (7) Thessalonians—2 Thess. 1:11. III. His personal habit in prayer: 1. As converted—Acts 9:11. 2. As a worshiper—Acts 22:17. 3. As a companion—Acts 20:36; 21:5. 4. As a traveler—Acts 27 :22-24. 5. As a miracle-worker—Acts 28:8. 6. As afflicted—2 Cor. 12:7, 8. 7. As persecuted—Acts 16:25. IV. His recorded prayers: 1. For the Ephesians—Eph. 1:15-23; 3:14-21. 2. For the Colossians—Col. 1 :9-12. PRAYER 173 PAUL’S PRAYER REQUESTS I. What he asked prayer for in behalf of himself: 1. “That ye strive together with me in your prayers to God for me; that I may be delivered 3 thatamy- service: aeaests)) Mays pe accepted . that I may come unto you”—Rom. 15 :30, SL “Helping together by prayer for us, that for the gift bestowed upon us by the means of many persons thanks may be given by many on our behalf”—2 Cor. 1:11. _ 3. “Praying . . . that utterance may be given unto me, that I may open my mouth boldly, to make known the mystery of the gospel”— Eph. 6:18, 4. “Praying also for us, that God would open unto us a door of utterance’—Col. 4:3, 4. 5. “Brethren, pray for us’—1 Thess. 5:25; Heb. 13:18 6. “Pray for us, that the word of the Lord may have free course, and be glorified”—2 Thess. eles. 7. “Pray . . . that we may be delivered from unreasonable and wicked men’”’—2 Thess. 3:2. II. When he prayed in behalf of others: 1. “I make mention of you always in my prayers; making request . . . I might have a pros- perous journey . . . to come unto you”— Rom. 1:9sel" Thess* 3210: 2. “My heart’s desire and prayer to God for Israel is, that they might be saved”—Rom. 10:1. 3. “I pray to God that ye do no evil”—2 Cor. 13:7. 4, “Making mention of you in my prayers; that the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give unto you the spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of him’— Eph. 1 :16-23. 174 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES 5. “I pray, that your love may abound yet more and more’—Phil. 1:9-11. 6. “We . . . do not cease to pray for you . . . that ye might be filled with the knowl- edge of his will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding’’—Col. 1 :9-12. 7. “We give thanks to God always for you all, making mention of you in our prayers’—l ‘Thess 31:23; 8. “We pray always for you, that our God would count you worthy of this calling, and fulfil all the good pleasure of his goodness, and the work of faith and power”—2 Thess. 1:11, 12. 9. “T have remembrance of thee in my prayers night and day; greatly desiring to see thee” — 2 lime 1334: . 10. “I thank my God, making mention of thee always in my prayers . . . that the com- munication of thy faith may become effectual” —Philem. 4-6. SAINTS IN PRAYER I. In private: 1. Saul—Acts 9:11. 2. Peter—Acts 10:9. 3. Apostles—Acts 6:4. II. In public: 1. Apostles and others (upper room)—Acts 1:14. 2. Peter and John (temple)—Acts 3:1. 3. Converts at Pentecost (houses and temple)— Acts 2:42, 46. III. In connection with their service: 1. As related to all service—Acts 6:5, 6. 2. As related to the filling of the Spirit—Acts Slat 5, 3. As related to extension of gospel—Acts 13:1-3. 4. As related to the church—Acts 14 :21-23. PRAYER 175 IV. In time of persecution: 1. For themselves—Acts 4 :24-31. 2. For others—Acts 12:5, 12. V. In death: 1. Stephen—Acts 7 :60. PRAYER PROMISES I. They are comprehensive: 1. Prayer of the righteous availeth much—Jas. a 2. Ask and it shall be given—Matt. 7:7-11. 3. Agree and it shall be done—Matt. 18:19. 4. Abide, then ask what ye will—John 15:7. 5. In my name and I will do—John 14:13, 14; 16:23, 24. 6. Able to do above our asking or thinking—Eph. Bec. PREVAILING PRAYER I. Defined: 1. To the Father, in name of the Son, and in the power of the Holy Spirit—Eph. 2:18. (1) To the Father—John 16:23; Matt. 6:6, 9. (2) In name of the Son—John 14:13, 14; 1673 (3) In power of the Spirit—Eph. 6:18; Jude 20; Rom. 8:26, 27. II. Conditions: 1. Unanswered: (1) We ask not—Jas. 4:2. (2) We obtain not—Jas. 4:3. (3) Iniquity—Psa. 66:18. 176 OUTLINE BiBLe STUDIES 2. Answered: (1) Righteous—1 Pet. 3:12; Jas. 5:16. (2) Keeping commandments—1 John 3 22. (3) Abiding—John 15:7. (4) Bearing fruit—John 15:16. (5) Believing—Matt. 21:22; Mark 11:24; Jas. 1:6. (6) Name of Christ—John 14:13, 14; 16:23. (7) According to will of God—1 John 5:14. PRAYER DEFINED I. Definitions: 1. “The attitude of a needy and helpless soul whose only refuge is in God”—Luke 11:1. 2. Supplication, petition, intercession and giving of thanks, to the Father in the name of Christ, and in the power of the Holy Spirit—1 Tim. 2: pny 2218: II. Explanation of latter: 1. Dispensational aspect: (1) In the past, the nop of the God-head prominent—Deut. 6 (2) In the future, the unity ‘again prominent —1 Cor. 15 :27, 28. (3) In the present, the trinity prominent— Eph. 2:18. 2. Peculiar privilege of church: (1) Our approach to God the Father—Eph. , 22188°3 143: Bebal2e1sn22 823: (2) Through Christ—Eph. 2:18; Heb. 10 :19-22. (3) In the Spirit—John 4:23; Rom. 8:26; Eph. 2:18; 6:18; Jude 20. PRAYER 177 PRAYER ANALYZED Key verse:-1\ lim. 2:1 I. What prayer is: 1. Supplication: (1) reue deésts, from deomats, to beg—Jas. :16 ey Humiliating, yet encouraging—Heb. 4:16. (3) Includes confession—1 John 1:9; Jas. 5:16, 2. Prayer: (1) Greek, proseuché, from proseuchomas, to wish at the side of another; to petition —Matt. 21:13, 22. (2) Simple; rightfully egotistic—Matt. 6:11. (3) Includes both great and little things— Phil. 4:6. 3. Intercession: (1) Greek, enteuxts, from entugchand, to chance upon; to meet; to have an inter- view with another. (2) Formal; altruistic; having to do with large divine and human interests—Acts 13 :1-4. 4. Giving of thanks: (1) Greek, eucharistia, gratitude; thankful- ness—1l Cor. 14:16 (2) Highest and most intensive—Col. 2:7. (3) Found in perfection in heaven—Rev. Oe ale PRAYER TO THE FATHER I. The Old Testament saints: 1. Daniel—Dan. 9:4, 7, 15, 18. 2. Israel (Levites)—Neh. 9:5, 32. 178 II, Iil. uN. If. [1f, OvuTLINE BisLe STUDIES Christ came as revealer of the Father: 1. So prophesied—Isa. 9:6. (1) Only passage in Old Testament where God.is definitely given the name of Father. 2. So Christ claimed: (1) Philip—John 14:6-9. Hence Christ’s teaching : 1. “The Father himself loveth”—John 16:27. A “Ask the Father”’—John 15:16; 16:23. . “Our Father”—Matt. 6:9, Hence Christ’s example: 1. “I thank thee, Father’ "—Matt. b1*25,. 263 2. “Father, the hour is come ”__Tohn 17: Los a “Father, if thou be willing’—Luke 22 42. 4. “Father, into thy hands”—Luke 23:46. . The desire of the Father that we should know Him as Father: 1. “The Spirit . . . crying Abba, Father’— Gal. 4:6. 2. We crying . . . Abba, Father—Rom. 8:15. PRAYER TO THE FATHER . Our first cry: 1. The Spirit cries, Abba, Father—Gal. 4:6. 2. We say, Abba, Father—Rom. 8:15. Our continuous address : 1. Our Father—Matt. 6:9; Luke 11:2. 2. I bow my knees unto the Father—Eph. 3:14. 3. We have access. . . . unto the Father—Eph: yp Fes God seeks those who will worship Him as Father: 1. The Father seeketh (Greek, desireth) such to worship Him—John 4:23. PRAYER 179 PRAYER IN THE NAME OF CHRIST I. A new experience and privilege: 1. “Hitherto have ye asked nothing”—John 16:24. II. The purpose: 1. “That the Father may be glorified”—John 14:13. 2. “That your joy may be full”—John 16:24. III. The promise: 1. “If ye shall ask anything’—John 14:14. 2. ““Whatsoever ye shall ask’’—John 15:16; 16:23. IV. The signification of the name: . The person of Christ—Phil. 2:9, 10. . The character of Christ—Matt. 1:21; Isa. 9:6. . The work of Christ—John 17 :1-26. . The merit of Christ—Heb. 7 :26-28. . Our union with Christ—1 Cor. 6:17. (1) In desire and in purpose. . Our identity with Christ—1 Cor. 12:12. (1) As if Christ spoke. NON RABWN V. The power of the name: 1. All powerful—Phil. 2:5-11. PRAYER IN THE POWER OF THE SPIRIT I. The reason; a divine necessity : 1. Only worshipers will be heard—John 9:31. 2. We worship in the spirit (the natural spirit as indwelt by the Holy Spirit)—John 4:23, 24. II. Hence, the teaching and example of the Word: 1, Praying in the Holy Spirit—Jude 20. 2. Praying always—in the Spirit—Eph. 6:18. 3. I will pray with the spirit (the natural spirit as indwelt by the Holy Spirit)—1 Cor. 14:15. 180 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES III. What it secures: 1. Access to God—Eph. 2:18. 2. Perfect presentation—Rom. 8:26. 3. Knowledge of God’s will—Rom. 8:27. 4. Submission to God’s will—1 John 5:14. ATTITUDE IN PRAYER I. No set attitude required: 1. Any attitude allowed: (1) Peter in water—Matt. 14:30. (2) Thief on cross—Luke 23:42. (3) Paul and Silas in stocks—Acts 16:25. II. Examples: 1. In public: | (1) Standing—Mark 11:25; Luke 18:11, 13. (2) Kneeling—Acts 20:36; 21:5. | 2. In private: (1) Kneeling: (a) Jesus—Luke 22:41. (b) Stephen—Acts 7:60. (c) Peter—Acts 9:40. (d) Paul—Eph. 3:14. III. Expressive of inner emotion: 1. Head bowed; confession—Luke 18:13. 2. Hands lifted; adoration—1 Tim. 2:8. 3. Kneeling; worship and petition—Acts 9:40. 4. Prostration; supplication in sorrow and _ sur- mute 22:41; Mark 14:35; Matt. TIME OF PRAYER I. Various times: 1. Morning—Mark 1:35. 2. Noon—Acts 10:9. 3. Evening—Acts 3:1. 4. Midnight—Acts 16:25. 5. All times—1 Thess. 5:17, PRAYER 181 II. Particular time: 1. If possible, morning: (1) David—Psa. 5:2, 3. (2) Jesus—Mark 1:35. PLACES OF PRAYER I. Old Testament times: 1, At Jerusalem—1 Kings 8 :28-30. 2. Or toward Jerusalem—Dan. 6:10. iT: New Testament times: 1, A change—John 4:21, 23. 2. Everywhere—1 Tim. 2:8. III. Recorded places: . Lake—Matt. 14:30. . Cross—Luke 23:42. . Temple—Luke 18:13; Acts 3:1. In a home—Acts 1:13, 14. . In a closet—Matt. 6:5, 6. Upon a mountain—Mark 6:46. . On a housetop—Acts 10:9. . At the river side—Acts 16:13. . On the seashore—Acts 21:5. 10. On shipboard—Acts 27:23, 35. 11. In prison—Acts 16:25. IV. The true place: 1. Holiest of all—Heb. 10:19, 22. OONAMNBWNHr LENGTH OF OUR PRAYERS I, Average prayers: 1. They continued—Acts 2:42. 2. We will give ourselves—Acts 6:4. 3. Prayer was made without ceasing—Acts 12:5. 4. They lifted up—Acts 4:24. 182 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES II. Very short: 1. Publican; “God be merciful”—Luke 18:13. 2. Thief; “Lord, remember me”—Luke 23:42. 3. Peter; “Lord, save me”—Matt. 14:30. Ill. Very long: 1. Jesus—Mark 1:35; Luke 6:12. 2.Paul—2 Lim 123s Roms: IV. In harmony with conditions and needs: 1. Not heard for much speaking—Matt. 6:7, 8. 2. Quality rather than quantity; Lord’s prayer— Matt. 6:9-13. 3. As prompted by love and need—Eph. 1:15-23. 4. The Spirit teaches—Rom. 8:26. (1) When to begin—Acts 13 :1-3. (2) What to say—Rom. 8:26, 27.. (3) When to stop—2 Cor. 12:8. PERSISTENCE IN PRAYER I. Exhortations of the Scriptures: 1. Men ought always—Luke 18:1. 2. Praying always—Eph. 6:18. 3. Continuing instant—Rom. 12:12. (1) “Instant,” to be strong towards. 4. Continue in prayer—Col. 4:2. 5. Pray without ceasing—1 Thess. 5:17. II. Examples of apostles: 1. We will give ourselves—Acts 6:4. 2. Praying always for you—Col. 1:3. 3. In every prayer of mine—Phil. 1:4. 4. Night and day—1 Thess. 3:10. III. Remarks: 1. Persistence not natural: (1) Unless prayers are answered, discour- aged—Rev. 6:10. PRAYER 183 (2) Dependence must be upon Holy Spirit, who never tires of prayer—Rom. 8:26, 2. A holy art: (1) To be learned by practise, as any other art—Luke 11:1, 2. (2) Finally without effort; becomes a fixed habit—1 Thess. 5:17. (3) Two lives in one, outward and inward; the inward one of continual prayer— PL bessvio l/c lic) nia :8: 3. We need a conversion; as to prayer: (1) The process; conviction, choice, deter- mination, preparation, prosecution— Phil. 4:6 INTENSITY IN PRAYER I. Watch unto prayer: 1. “Watch and pray’—Matt. 26:41; Mark 13:33; 14 :33-38. 2. “Watch . . . and pray always’—Luke 21 :36. 3. “Watch unto prayer’—1 Pet. 4:7. 4, “Watch in the same’’—Col. 4:2. (1) In Greek, keep awake, collect your faculties. 5. “Watching thereunto”—Eph. 6:18; 1 Pet. 4:7. (1) In Greek, being sleepless thereunto. II. Strive and pray: 1. “Strive together with me’—Rom, 15:30. (1) In Greek, struggle. III. Labor and pray: 1. “Laboring fervently’—Col. 4:12; Heb. 5:7. (1) In Greek, agonizing. IV. Fast and pray: 1. “This kind’—Matt. 17:20, 21; Mark 9:29. 184 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES THINGS FOR WHICH TO PRAY I. For every real need—Phil. 4:6. 1. For the Holy Spirit (in His fulness)—Luke MAALS: 2. For food—Matt. 6:11. 3. For good gifts—Matt. 7:11. 4. For deliverance from evil—Matt. 6:13; Luke 22 :46. 5. For strength and comfort—Acts 20:36-38. 6. For wisdom—Jas. 1:5 (Acts 1:24). 7. For laborers—Luke 10:2. 8. For the coming of the kingdom—Matt. 6:10; Rev. 22:20. PERSONS FOR WHOM TO PRAY I. Various: . For mankind at large—1 Tim. 2:1. . For rulers—1 Tim. 2:2. . For enemies—Matt. 5:43, 44; Luke 6:28; Psa. 12250: . For Israel—Rom. 10:1. . For the saints: (1) Those tempted—2 Cor. 13:7. (2) Those backslidden—1 John 5:16. (3) Those in peril—Acts 12:5; 28:8. (4) Those sick—Jas. 5:14. (5) Those sanctified—Eph. 3:14-21; Col. 1:9-12 54125 Thess. 225. Cn +t jw DS THE PRIVILEGES OF PRAYER I. How to pray: 1. In secret—Matt. 6:5, 6. 2. Everywhere—1 Tim. 2:8. 3. All the time—Luke 18:1; 1 Thess. 5:17. 4. With confidence in God’s knowledge—Matt. 6:8. PRAYER 185 5. With assurance of Spirit’s intercession—Rom. 8226\2/: 6. With boldness—Heb. 4:15, 16. 7. With confidence—1 John 5:14. 8. With assurance—1 John’ 5:15. 9, With praise—Phil. 4:6; Col. 4:2. II. For what we may pray: 1. Subjectively : (1) Respecting temptations—Matt. 26:41. (2) Regarding afflictions—Jas. 5:13. (3) For wisdom—Jas. 1:5. (4) For Christ’s coming—Mark 13:33. 2. Objectively: (1) For all men—1 Tim. 2:1. (2) For kings—1 Tim. 2:2. (3) For enemies—Matt. 5:44. (4) For the saints—1 Thess. 5:25; Jas. 5:16. (5) For the sick—Jas. 5:15. (6) For labourers—Matt. 9:38; Luke 10:2. UNION IN PRAYER I. The practice of Jesus: 1. Transfiguration—Luke 9:28, 29, 2. Temptation—Matt. 26 :36-38. II. The practice of the church: 1. In small companies: (1) Peter and John—Acts 3:1. (2) Paul and Silas—Acts 16:25. (3) They ministered—Acts 8:15. (4) When they had prayed—Acts 6:6. 2. In larger companies: (1) Continually in temple—Luke 24:52, 53, (2) These all—Acts 1:14. (3) They continued—Acts 2:42. (4) They lifted their voice—Acts 4:23, 24. (5) Many were gathered—Acts 12:12. (6) Prayed with them—Acts 20:36; 21:5. 186 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES IlI. Not always a personal union: 1. Ananias and Saul—Acts 9:10, 11, 12. 2. Peter and Cornelius—Acts 10:9; 10:30. IV. Special promises: 1. Two or three together, Christ in the midst— Matt. 18:20. 2. If two are agreed, it shall be done—Matt. 18:19. V. Deductions: 1. God preserves natural unity: (1) Secures human sympathy and help-— Luke 10:1; Matt. 18:19. 2. God wants us to prove unity by praying both with and for one another: | (1) Apostolic practice and injunction—Acts 13 :1-3; 20:36; Eph. 6:18; Jas. 5:16. 3. God desires us to manifest unity in prayer and otherwise: (1) For His sake, that His name may be glorified—John 14:13, (2) For the sake of the angels, they ever looking upon us—1 Cor. 4:9; 11:10. (3) For our sakes—Matt. 6:9; John 16:24. (4) For the world’s sake—John 17:20, 21. UNANSWERED PRAYER I. Why our prayers are not answered: 1. We pray to be seen of men—Matt. 6:5, 6. Pharisee—Luke 18:11, 12. 2. We are like the heathen—Matt. 6:7, 8. 3. We ask not—Jas. 4:2. 4. We ask amiss—Jas. 4:3. (1) Ignorantly—Luke 9:53-56. (2) Selfishly—Mark 10:37. (3) From wrong standpoint: Peter—Matt. 16:22. James and John—Luke 9:54, 55. ae PRAYER 187 Our heart condemns—1 John 3:21, 22. (1) Indulged sin—Psa. 66:18. (2) Unconfessed sin—Jas. 5:16; 1 John 3:20. CONDITIONS OF ANSWERED PRAYER I. Conditions toward God: 1 A worshiper—John 9:31. 2. Through blood sprinkling—Heb. 4:14-16; 9:11- nm BW 14; 10:19-25. . Through union with Christ—John 14:13. . Through communion with Christ—John 15:7; SEV Ns a he . By knowledge of God’s will: (1) God’s desire for us—Rom. 12:2; Col. 4:12. (2) Through the Spirit—Matt. 6:10; Rom. 8220 82/7. Heb. 5:7, . Through heart desires—Mark 11 :24. (1) Not simply repetition—Matt. 6:7. (2) Choice and purpose—Eph. 6:18; 1 Pet. 4:7, . By faith: (1) A necessity—Matt. 21:22. (2) Reason amplified—Heb. 11:6. (3) Reason emphasized—Jas. 1:6, 7. (4) How obtained; Sara—Heb. 11:11. . With boldness: (1) The right of sons—Rom. 8:14, 15; Gal. 4:5, 6 . With persisteycy—Luke aa & (1) Noting God’s indications to cease—2 Gore t2 Sue: (2) Not forgetting subjectivity—2 Cor. 12:10. (3) Otherwise to persist: (a) As proof of our faith—Matt. 15 :22-28. (b) For continuance of fellowship— Phil. 4:6, 7. 188 Il. Wis 1H Be Ls — OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES Conditions toward men: 1. As a result of confession—Jas. 5:16. (1) In proportion to sin. 2. After forgiveness—Mark 11:25, 26. 3. Through love—1 John 3:18-22; 4:20, 21. 4. With fruitfulness—John 15:16. 5. In marriage relationship—1 Cor. 7:5; 1 Pet. on 7. CONFIDENCE IN PRAYER . Encouraged: 1. Let us draw near—Heb. 10:21, 22. 2. Let us come boldly—Heb. 4:16. (1) In Greek, boldly, all outspokenness; pouring out all. : Explanation: 1. His ears are open—l1 Pet. 3:12. 2. He is a rewarder—Heb. 11:6. The basis: 1, Asks. seeks. 2 oS knock——Matia/i/el Luke 11:9, 10; John 16:24. 2. All things—Matt. 21:22. 3. What things soever—Mark 11:24. 4. Whatsoever—John 14:13, 14; 16:23. 5. It shall be done—Matt. 18:19. Illustrated : 1. A judge—Luke 18:1-7. 2. A friend—Luke 11:5-13. THE EXEGESIS OF PRAYER In 1 Tim. 2:1-8 . Prayer explained: 1. Its importance: (1) “First of all’—1. PRAYER 189 2. Its analysis: (1) “Supplications, prayers, intercessions and giving of thanks’ —1. 3. Its objective: (1) “Kings and for all that are in authority” 2 (2) “All men’—4. 4. Its acceptability: (1) “Good and acceptable’—3. 5. Its purpose: (1) “Who will have all men to be saved, and come unto the knowledge of the truth” 6. Its power: (1) “One God, and one mediator’—5. 7. Its privilege: (1) “Pray everywhere’—8. (2) “Lifting up holy hands’—8. (3) “Without wrath and doubting’—8. AN IDEAL PRAYER AND ITS ANSWER In Dan. 9 I. The circumstances: 1. Captives in Babylon, and Jerusalem in rutns —Dan. 1:1, 2. II. The attitude: 1. Sorrow; fasting—9:3. 2. Humility; sackcloth and ashes—3. 3. Determination; set his face—3. 4. Confidence; “My God’—4. III. The invocation: 1. Reverence; “O Lord”—4. 2. Fear; “Great and dreadful God”—4. 3. Boldness; “Keeping covenant”—4. 190 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES IV. The confession: We have sinned—5, 8. . We have not hearkened—6. We have not obeyed—10, 11, 14. . We have not prayed—13. . We have sinned—15. in & hoe V. The petition: . Let Thine anger be turned—16. . Hear prayer and cause face to shine—17. . Incline Thine ear, open eyes—18. . Hear, forgive, hearken and do—-19, . Defer not—19. VI. The praise: 1. As to God’s character : (1) Covenant keeping—4. (2) Righteous—/7. (3) Merciful and forgiving—9., 2. As to God’s ways: (1) Truthful—12. (2) Righteous in judgment—14. (3) Mighty in deliverance—15. VII. The plea: . Thy righteousness—16. . Thy people are a reproach—16. . For the Lord’s sake—17. . Thy mercies—18. . Thy name—19. VIII. The answer: 1. While he was speaking and praying and con-’ fessing—20, 21. 2. Gabriel informed him—21, 22. 3. He came to shew him, for he was greatly be- loved—23. 4. Seventy weeks were determined—24-27. tn -& Go DRO in — Go RQ PRAYER 191 PRAYER CLASSICS I. The little classics: . David’s prayer—2 Sam. 7 :18-29. . Solomon’s prayer—1 Kings 8:12-61. . Daniel’s prayer—Dan. 9:3-19. . Ezra’s prayer—Ezra 9:5-15. . Levite’s prayer—Neh. 9 :4-38. . Paul’s prayers—Eph, 1:15-23; Col. 1:9-12. ON tn -B OO DQ II. The great classics: 1. The Lord’s prayer; given to His disciples— Matt. 6:9-13. 2. The Lord’s prayer; used by Himself—John 17 :1-26, Psat Navies ea ss PART IX PRAISE Praise is prayer, thotigh not all prayer is praise. Prayer is made up of supplication, petition, intercession, and giving of thanks, so that praise is only a part of prayer. Praise, however, is a large part of prayer, not always in man’s estimation, but certainly always in God’s. In- deed, in man’s thought praise is often but little esteemed, for petition is most highly thought of, it being in the average heart to get things from God rather. than give things to Him. This reveals both the need and worth of praise, from God’s point of view, He is not loath to give. But also, He is not loath to receive, especially when the one who gives is a blood-bought child of His, whose heart is full of gratitude, and hence whose lips are full of praise. It is to be remembered, therefore, that praise is indeed prayer, and hence, that praise as well as prayer must be offered to the Father in spirit and truth, PRAISE IN CONNECTION WITH PRAYER I. Thanksgiving: 1. Is like savour of facende = tod. 30 :35-38. II. For what to be offered: 1. For all men—1 Tim. 2:1. 2. For all saints—Eph. 1:15, 16; Col. 1:3; 1 Thess. je 3. For all things—Phil. 4:6; Eph. 5:19, 20. (1) For the common things of life—Luke 24°30 Acts? 27335: (2) For the holy things of life—Matt. 26:26, 27 4. For so called “evil things’—Acts 16:25. (1) No evil to one who loves God—Gen. 50:20; Rom. 8:28. (2) When we do not understand we are to wait—Dan. 10:10-14. (3) We can praise always—1 Thess. 5:18. GOD’S ATTITUDE TOWARD PRAISE I. God desires praise: “Ye that fear the Lord praise Him’—Psa. pete — 2. “Let the peoples praise Thee”’—Psa. 67:3, 5. 3. “Let everything that hath breath praise the Lord”’—Psa. 150:6. 4. “Let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God con- tinually”—Heb. 13:15. 5. “If there be any praise, think on these thinpss — Phil. 4:8. 6. sb NS offereth praise glorifieth me’’—Psa. 0;23, | 195 1°6 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES II. God demands praise: 1. “Praise ye the Lord!”—Psa. 104:35; 105:45; 106:1, 48; 150:1-6. j III. God accepts praise: 1. “To stand every morning to thank and praise the Lord, and likewise at evening’’—1 Chron. TG 19 2. “O Thou, that inhabitest the praises of Israel’ —Psa. 22:3. WHERE PRAISE MAY BE OFFERED I, Wherever we may be: 1. “Praise waiteth for Thee, O God, in Sion”— Psa. 65:1. | . “In the gates of the tents of the Lord’—2 Chron. 31:2. . “Enter . . . into his courts with praise’— Psa. 100:4. . “In the midst of the congregation will I praise thee” —Psa. 22:22. . “Blessed are they that dwell in thy house; they will be still praising Thee”—Psa. 84:4. . “Before the ark of the Lord . . . to thank and praise the Lord God of Israel”—1 Chron. 4 OO wm & W ND 16:4. . “Before the gods will I sing praise unto thee” — Psa ri158 <1: 8. “He appointed singers unto the Lord, and that should praise the beauty of holiness as they went out before the army’”—2 Chron. 20:21. WHAT PRAISE DOES I. It works gloriously: 1. “Praise is comely for the upright”—Psa. 33:1. Zt Blt offereth praise glorifieth me’”—Psa. Leas 3. “When they began to sing and to praise, the Lord set ambushments’—2 Chron. 20:22. N PRAISE 197 WHEN PRAISE MAY BE OFFERED I. There is no limit: ie a J. “Daily shall he be praised’—Psa. 72:15. “Seven times a day do I praise thee’”—Psa. 119 :164. “My tongue shall speak of thy righteousness and of thy praise all the day long’’—Psa. 35 :28. . “I will bless the Lord at all times, his praise shall continually be in my mouth’—Psa., 34:1. . “Let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God con- tinually’—Heb. 13:15. . “To whom be praise . . . for ever and ever, Amen’’—1 Pet. 4:11. FOR WHAT PRAISE MAY BE OFFERED I. For all God is and does: .“We . . . praise thy glorious name”’—l Chron. 29:13. . “I will praise thy name, O Lord, for it is good” —Psa. 54:6. . “I will praise the Lord according to his right- eousness”—Psa. 7:17. “So will we sing and praise thy power’—Psa. A aley . “Praise him for his mighty acts’”—Psa. 150:2. “In God will I praise his word”’—Psa. 56:10. . Because thy lovingkindness is better than life, my lips shall praise thee”—Psa. 63:3. . “Praise ye the Lord. O give thanks . . . for he is good; for his mercy endureth for ever” Psa. 106:1. . “I shall yet praise him for the help of his counte- nance’—Psa. 42:5. . “Tam like a green olive tree . . . I will praise thee for ever, because thou hast done it”— Psa52::8: 9. 3 198 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES 11. “Began to rejoice and praise God. . . . for all the mighty works that they had seen”— Luke 19:37. PERSONS WHO HAVE PRAISED © I. Old Testament examples: 1. The Levites—1 Chron. 23 :25-30. 2. Israel—2 Chron. 20:20, 21. 3. David—Psa. 34:1. 4, Jeremiah—Jer. 20:11-13. II. New Testament examples: 1. Elisabeth—Luke 1 :42-45. - 2. Mary—Luke 1 :46-55. 3. Zacharias—Luke 1 :67-79. 4, Simeon—Luke 2 :25-32. . 5. Children—Matt. 21:15, 16. 6. Multitudes—Matt. 21:8; Mark 11:8-10; John 12612513: 7. Apostles and disciples—Luke 24:52, 53. 8. Paul and Silas—Acts 16:25. PAUL’S PRAISE LIFE I. His motto: 1. For anything and everything and always—1l Thess. 5:18; Eph. 5:20. II. His practice: 1, For God’s unspeakable gift—2 Cor. 9:15. 2. For being a saint—Col. 1:12. 3. For victory over sin—Rom, 7 :24, 25. 4. For being made always triumphant—2 Cor. 2714-215; 5. For the anticipated victory of resurrection—1 Corel) a7, III. His testing: 1. In prison, sang praises—Acts 16:25. PRAISE 199 ALLELUIA I. The meaning of the word: 1. Allelouia; praise ye Jah! II. The use of the word: 1. Never, as is usual, in connection with the bright and beautiful things of earth and heaven, but always with judgment: (1) “True and righteous are his judgments —Rev. 19:1, 2. (2) “Her [Babylon] smoke rose up for ever and ever’—Rev. 19:3. (3) “The four and twenty elders and the four living creatures fell down and wor- shiped” (upon Babylon’s being de- stroyed)—Rev. 19:4. (4) “The Lord God omnipotent reigneth” (through judgment)—Rev. 19:6, ? PART X DIVINE HEALING Satan is a destroyer and not a healer. God is the creator and recreator, and hence He is the alone healer. All healing, therefore, is “divine healing,’ whether it is in behalf of godly men or ungodly, whether it is in connec- tion with means or without such, whether it is through a long process or a short one, whether it is in part or in whole, whether it is temporary or permanent, whether it is in answer to prayer or apart from prayer. Wherever healing takes place or however it comes to pass, it is the work of God. And, of course, whatever is of God is divine. It is to be remembered, however, that Satan and man may combine to take that which is good and turn it to evil. As related to the Christian, there are three kinds of divine healing; the first, through the physician and medi- cine; the second, without the physician and medicine, but through rest or change or both; and the third, apart from the physician, medicine, rest and change, and as a result of the direct interference of God. This last is not only divine healing, but also miraculous healing. Faith in God on the part of the Christian may be exer- cised in all of the three kinds of healing mentioned, and hence, each of the three may be “faith healing.” There are three tests, as based on the New Testament record, which may always be made in respect to healing of the miraculous kind; in such a case, the healing will be immediate, complete, and permanent. It will be found, thus tested, that most healings are through means of some sort, aus that the miraculous kind is unusual and excep- | tional. SOME SICK SAINTS I. Job—Job 2:1-8. II. Elisha—2 Kings 13:14. III. Daniel—Dan. 8 :27. IV. Blind man—John 9:1-3, 6, 7. V. Timothy—1 Tim. 5:23. VI. Epaphroditus—Phil. 2 :25-30. Vil Paul: 1. In reference to general physical condition: (1) Infirmity—Gal. 4:13. (2) Body weak—2 Cor. 10:10. (3) Weariness, etc—2 Cor. 11:27. (4) Afflictions—Col. 1:24. (5) Sufferings—2 Tim. 3:10, 11. (6) Despaired of life—2 Cor. 1:8. (7) Branded upon body—Acts 16:23, 33; PiGor aio etoaieOrl 7, (8) Stake in the flesh—2 Cor. 12:7-10. 2. In reference to eye-sight: (1) Used set ant ts 4:18; 2 Thess. Seles (2) Wrote with large letters to Galatians —Gal. 6:11, R. V. (3) Did not see high priest—Acts 23:1-5. (4) Galatians would have plucked out their eyes for him—Gal. 4:13-15. PAUL’S SICKNESS I. Its name: 1. Thorn (Greek, stake) in the flesh—2 Cor. 12:7. 2. Infirmity (same Greek word as in Matt. 8:17; Miike oe). 5 822 63 el) olin 5 3S by im. S520.) ——-2' Cor, 12:5, 9) 10; 203 204 OuTLINE BrBLeE STUDIES Tiled tsytact: 1, Preached through infirmity (same Greek word as in passages above noted)—Gal. 4:13. 2. Bodily presence was weak (Greek, feeble, dis- eased )—2 Cor. 10:10. III. Its nature (probably ophthalmia) : 1. Used amanuensis, and hence, needed help— Rom. 16:22; Eph. 6:24 (footnote) ; Phil. 4:23 (footnote) ; Col. 4:18 (footnote ) ; "Philem. 25 (footnote). 2. Only certain epistles said to be signed—1 Cor. 16:21; Col. 4:18; 2 Thess. 3:17. 3. Did not ‘recognize high priest, probably because of poor sight—Acts 23:1-5. 4. Wrote with large letters, probably because he could not see—Gal. 6:11, R. V. 5. Said Galatians would have plucked out their eyes for him, which suggests his need of sight— Gal. 4:15. SOME FACTS ABOUT SICKNESS I. The following facts are to be noted: 1. It was God who pulled up the stake in the hedge and let Satan through that he might afflict Job —Job 1:6-21; 2:1-10. 2. Daniel was sick because of God’s revelations to him, and though sick was greatly beloved— Dan.’8 :26, 27 ;:10:15-19. 3. The blindness of the blind man was not the re- sult of special sin—John 9:1-3. 4. The sickness of Lazarus was unto the glory of God—John 11:1-4. 5. Timothy was not reproved for being sick, but was enjoined to seek healing through a remedy —1 Tim. 5:23. DIVINE HEALING 205 6. Epaphroditus was sick as a result of devoted service, and Paul declared that he and all such men were to be held in reputation—Phil. 2 :25-30. 7. Paul considered his body as one of humiliation, as a burden, and as perishing—Phil. 3:21, RAV G2: Corse532-4 34716: 8. Paul was often in weariness and pain—Acts LGrea eto 2 Orel 6 L227; 9. Paul was not healed but was given something better than health and strength, namely, grace —2 Cor. 12:7-10. 10. Paul, the healer, finally died—2 Tim. 4:6. HEALING IN THE GOSPELS I. Healings by Christ: 1. Leprosy—Matt. 8:2, 3; Mark 1:40, 41; Luke Belvels ebiken/c2 le co: 2. Palsy—Matt. 8:6, 13; 9:1-7; Mark 2:3-5, 9-12; Luke 5:18-25. 3. Dropsy—Luke 14 :2-4. 4, Fever—Matt. 8:14, 15; Mark 1:30, 31; Luke 4:38, 39. 5. Issue of blood—Matt. 9:20-22; Mark 5:25-34; Luke 8 :43-48. 6) Blindness—Matt. 9:27-30: 42:22: 15:30, 31; 20 :30-34; 21:14; Mark 8:22-25; 10:46-52; Luke 7:21, 22; 18:35-43; John 9:1-6. » Dumbness—Matt: 9°32, 33;°12:22; 15:30, 31; Mark 7 :32-35; 9:17-25; Luke 11:14. . Deafness—Mark 7 332-35. . Withered hand—Matt. 12:10, 13; Mark 3:1-5; Luke 6:6-10. 10. Lameness—Matt. 15:30, 31; 21:14; Luke 7:21, hs, 11. Infirmity—Luke 5:15; 8:2; 13:11-13; John 5 :5-9, 12. Plagues—Mark 3:10; Luke 7:21, 22. N oO © 206 OvuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES 13. Unclean spirits—Mark 1:23-26; 7:24-30; Luke 4 :33-35; 6:18. 14. Devils—Matt. 8:16; 8:28-32; 9:32, 33; 12:22; 15 :22-28; 17:15-18; Mark 1:32-34, 39; 5:2- 13 3? ukes4-:33-35:54 4s ef 2 2S ee ere 32; 9:38-42; 11:14. 15. Lunacy—Matt. 4:24; 17:15-18. 16. Cut off ear—Luke 22 :49-51. 17. Divers diseases—Matt. 19:2; Mark 1:32-34; 6:5, 6-56: Luke 44005215 Wo lya oe 7:2-10; 9:11; John 4:46-52; 6:2. 18. Death—Matt. 9:18, 24, 25; Mark 5:23, 41, 42; Luke 7:12-15; 8 :-41, 42, "49, Doe John 11:41- 44. Il. Healings by apostles and ects 1. Their commission; sick, leprosy, dead, devils, serpents, deadly drink—Matt. 10:8; Mark 3:15; 16:17-18; Luke 9:1, 2; 10:9, 19. 2. The fulfillment; devils, sick anointed with oil and healed—Mark 6:13; 9:38; Luke 10:17. MEANS AND PURPOSE IN HEALING I. As related to Christ: 1. Means employed: (1) Hem of garment—Matt. 9:20-22; Mark 5 :25-29; 6:56. (2) Fingers in ears—Mark 7 :32-35. (3) Spit and touched tongue—Mark 7 :32-35. (4) Spit on eyes and touched twice—Mark 8 :22-25. (5) Spe made clay and anointed eyes—John ° 2. Purpose of healings: (1) Fulfillment of prophecy—Matt. 8:17. (2) Fulfillment of ministry—Luke 13:31, 32. (3) pee es of messiahship— Matt. 11: 1- 6; John 2:23. Divine HEALING 207 II. As related to apostles: 1. Means employed: (1) Anointed with oil—Mark 6:13. 2. Purpose of healings: (1) Attestation of apostolic credentials— Matt. 10:1-8; Mark 16:17, 18. HEALING IN THE ACTS I, Healings by apostles and disciples: 1. Peter and John: (1) Lame man—Acts 3:1-9. aercter: (1) Sick and unclean spirits—Acts 5:15, 16. (2) Palsy—Acts 9:32-34. (3) Dead—Acts 9:36-41. 3. Philip: (1) Unclean spirits—Acts 8:6, 7. 4. Ananias: (1) Blindness—Acts 9:17, 18, (1) Cripple—Acts 14:8-10. (2) Spirit of divination—Acts 16:16-18. (3) Diseases and evil spirits—Acts 19:11, 12. (4) Serpent shaken off—Acts 28 :3-6. (5) Bloody flux and diseases—Acts 28 :8-9. (6) Dead—Acts 20:9-12, DIVINE HEALING I. God is the author of life: 1. He is the creator of life—Gen. 1:26, 27; Col. 1:16 2. He is the maintainer of life—Psa. 36 Acts 17 :28. II. God is the restorer of life: 1. The Devil is not a healer but a destroyer— John 8:44; Heb. 2:14. 208 OUTLINE BrsBLe STUDIES 2. Physicians and medicines, in themselves, do not and can not heal—Mark 5:26; Luke 8:43; Acts 19:13-19. 3. God is alone the author of life, whether it be in creation or recreation—Gen. Le eo an fee Exod. 15:26; Job 1:6-22; 42:10-17; "Matt. 8:17; Acts Ve olay III. All healing, therefore, is divine healing, of which there are three kinds: 3 1. With medicine; this is divine healing—1 Tim. 5-23 se ReVcane: 2. Without medicine, but through change and rest; this is divine healing—Mark 6:31; John 11:11-13. 3. Without medicine, change or rest, but by di- rect intervention of God; this is ‘divine heal- ing, Or more accurately, miraculous healing —Mark 5:25-34; Luke 8 :43-48. IV. Three things always true in connection with miraculous healing: 1. It is instantaneous—Matt. 8:2, 3, 13, 15; 92223) 15228 A718 = ° 20734 o Marko ae 7:35; 10:52:35" Luke! 5:13 =“Johne4-52) 54; 5 8, 93 Acts’3:78*'9 189 a4; 2. It is complete—Matt. 8:15; 9:7; 12:13; 15:28, 315 Mark 5-15° 8:25* Laker osae 13:13; John 5:9: Acts 3:7, 8: 14:10. 3. It is permanent—Matt. 9:20-22; 15:28; Mark 5:15-20; Luke 7:15; 8:44. V. God is sovereign in choosing whether or not He’ will heal: 1. Christ, with two exceptions (Matt. 8:5-13; 15 :22-28), only healed Jews, though mil- Hons of Gentiles needed healing—Matt. 10:5-8. 10. Divine HEALING 209 . Christ, when He sent forth the seventy, for- bade their going to the Gentiles—Matt. 10:1-8,. : . Christ healed comparatively few amongst the Jews, shutting up His ministry to a small section of Palestine—John 4:3, 4. . Christ confined His healing, comparatively, to few diseases, and all of these apparently were such as the then medical and surgical knowledge could not cure—Mark 5:25-34; Luke 8 :43-48. . Christ, in healing, appears to have had three objectives; first, the saving of imperiled life ; second, the obtaining in a peculiar way the glory of God; and third, the establishing of His claims as the Messias; and He limited Himself to securing these—Mark 5 :25-34; John 9:1-3; Luke 7 :19-23. . God, in some cases, did not choose to heal miraculously—Phil. 2:25-30; 1 Tim. 5:23; 2 Tim. 4:20. . God in one recorded case, and that in connec- tion with a notably godly and useful life, refused to heal by any means—2 Cor. 12 :7-10. . The gift of healing, and therefore, healing itself, is subject to the sovereignty of the Holy Spirit—1 Cor. 12:9, 28, 30. . God eventually, in all cases, with the excep- tion of Enoch and Elijah, has allowed dis- ease to occcur and destroy life, each person, at last, dying, and each one dying as a re- sult of some kind of disease—Heb. 9:27; HiCorehs<26. The sick are to be anointed, but only the prayer of faith, that is, a Spirit-taught prayer, is heard for healing—Jas. 5:14-18. 210 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES VI. God does not disapprove of the use of means in sus- pm ONAWA wi oN VII. God 1. 2. 3. taining and restoring life; He has frequently used such, as the following : . Water—2 Sam. 23:15; 1 Kings 17:2-6; John 4:7 Wine—Matt. 26:27; Mark 15:23; 1 Cor. 11:25; 1 Tim. 5:23. | Food—Matt. 14:16; Mark 5:43; Acts 27 :33- 36 Sleep—Matt. 8:24; 26:45; Mark 4:38; 14:41. Rest—Matt. 25:45; Mark 6:31. . Spittle—Mark 7 :32-35; 8:22-25. Dust or clay—Gen. 2:7; John 9:6. . Medicine—2 Kings 20 7: Isai38 213 4m Da Rev come a can heal miraculously, and sometimes chooses to do so: These signs shall follow—Mark 16:17, 18. Gifts of healing—1 Cor. 12:9, 28. The prayer of faith—Jas. 5:14, 15. PART XI THE CHURCH The word church comes from the Greek word ekklésta, and signifies, literally, a called out body. As such, it is chosen by God, redeemed by Christ, and regenerated and sanctified by the Holy Spirit. The church is made up of those who were Jews or Gentiles, but who have become, through faith, new crea- tions in Christ Jesus. Its numbers, individually and col- lectively, are indwelt by the Holy Spirit, separated to divine worship and service, and destined to be kings and priests unto God, the Father. The spiritual standing of the members of the church is with Christ in the heavenlies ; their physical state is in the midst of the world. ' The privilege of a Christian is to worship God in spirit and truth, to wear the image of Christ, to have fellowship with Him and the members of His body, and to wait for His return. The duty of the Christian is to serve, sacri- fice, and suffer, to defend the faith, and to propagate the gospel to the ends of the earth and to every creature. The church, through the Spirit, is one body, though with many members. As such, it has its earthly and visible organization, the essential elements of which are the two ordinances, baptism and the Lord’s supper. Baptism is related to the individual and is the confession of that indi- vidual’s faith in Christ. The Lord’s supper is related to the church as a whole, and is the corporate witness to the unity of the church in each generation and its continuity through all generations. THE ORGANIZATION OF THE CHURCH I. As a whole: 1. A called-out body (Greek, ekklésia)—Matt. 16:18. 2. A kingdom of priests—1 Pet. 2:5; Rev. 1:6, Rov, EN. spiritual house—l1 Pet. 2:5. II. In its parts: 1. Bishops (Greek, episkopos; a superintendent, overseer )—Phil. 1:1; 1 Tim. 3:1, 2; Titus dee /s 2. Elders (Greek, presbuteros, a senior)—Acts TAs 24. 0; 2232521042 207175 21418 air Wd WI eee twirl fod Ret ab iopid Gotetiotad fe Leygege tal Sect Pete5<1. 3. Deacons (Greek, diakanos, an attendant, waiter ) —Phil. 1:1; 1 Tim. 3:8, 10, 12, 13. 4. Deaconesses (same as above)—Rom. 16:1. THE CHURCH AND CHRISTIAN WORSHIP AS PREFIGURED BY ISRAEL I. A High Priest: 1. Aaron—Exod. 28:1. 2. Christ—Heb. 5:4-6; 8:2. II. Under priests: 1. Sons of Aaron and Levites—Exod. 28:1; Num. 1:47-53. 2. Christians—Rev. 1:6; 5:10. Mis Aticaltar: 1. Brazen—Exod. 27 :1-8. 2. Cross—Heb, 13°:10-12. 213 214 OutTLINe Brate StTupIEs IV. A sacrifice: 1. Burnt offering, etc —Exod. 20:24. 2. Offering of Christ—Heb. 9:11-14, 28. V. A laver: 1. Brazen—Exod. 30:17-21. 2. Intercession of Christ—John 13:1-10; Heb. 10 :19-22; Eph. 5 :25-27. VI. A tabernacle: 1. The temple of the congregation-—Exod. 33 :7- 11 2. The true tabernacle—Heb. oly FA dpe EY VII. Two sanctuaries: | 1. The holy place and the most holy place, ful- filled in the true holy places—Exod. 26 :30- 37; Heb. 9:1-7, 8-12, 24. VIII. Two ordinances: 1. Circumcision, fulfilled in baptism—Gen. 17 :9- 13, Exod. 12:44-48; Rom. 2:28, 29; Phil. 350 Ok arbi ae 2. The passover, fulfilled in the Lord’s supper— Exod 12314-17927 27d Corus ea ae 22 :14-20; 1 Cor. 11:23-26, IX. A priestly nation: 1. Israel a type of the church—Exod. 19:5, 6; Pet res 9, . Spiritual worship and service: 1. Israel a prefigurement of the church—Deut. 10:12; John 4:20-24; 1 Pet. 2:5, 9; Rom. * teas ” THE CHURCH OF CHRIST I. Three classes on earth: : 1. Jews, Gentiles and church of God—1l Cor. 10:32. Tue CHURCH 215 II. The church defined: 1. A called-out body—Acts 15 :13-18. 2. A composite body—Eph. 2:15; 3:4-6. 3. A body which includes all believers—Eph. 1 :7-14. 4. A body which has lost its earthly standing and gained a heavenly one—FEph. 2:4-18. 5. A body which has a glorious Head—Eph. 1:22, ae 6. A body, which with the Head, is “the Christ’”— PetcOle le Lo 7. A body in which dwells the Holy Spirit—Eph. EAA 8. A body in which, as in a temple, spiritual sacri- fices are offered—1 Pet. 2:4, 5 9. A body which is growing into a holy temple— Poh. 2219-21" Tit. The church described: . A forgiven people—Heb. 10:14-17. . A cleansed people—Eph. 5:25, 26. . A sanctified people—2 Cor. 6:14-18; Heb. 10:10. . A confessing people—Heb. 11 :13-16. . A witnessing people—1 Pet. 2 :9-12. . A suffering people—Phil. 1:29; 2 Tim. 3:12. . A waiting people—2 Pet. 3:9-13. . A, finally, rewarded people—Rev. 11:17, 18; 195-9, THE HEAD AND THE MEMBERS I. The Head is Christ: 1. One with body—1 Cor. 12:12, R. V. 2. Exalted and glorified—Col. 1:18, 19. II. The body is the church: 1. The whole body of Christ—Eph. 1:22, 23. (1) Its unity: (a) Many members, one body—1 Cor. 2-20 ONAN Whe bond hme . 216 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES (b) One with God—John 17:11, 20- aa (c) One with all members—1 Cor. 10:17. (d) Realized in Spirit—Eph. 4:3, 4. (2) Its diversity: (a) One body, many members—1 Cor. 12:14. (b) Members in particular—1l Cor. Pace7e III. Three relationships: 1. Head to members: (1) Christ one with body—1 Cor. 12: 1[2e2s: Illustration—Acts 9:4, 5, (2) Christ ministering to body—Eph. 4:15, 16 . ) Exalted in behalf of body—Eph. 1:19- v4 2. Members to head: (1) Head is Christ—1 Cor. 11:3. (2) Eyes enlightened—Eph. 1:17-23. (3) Exalted Head—Col. 2:18, 19. (4) Denes nourishment from Head—Eph. 4:15, 16. 3. Members to members: (1) Different offices—Rom. 12:4, 5. (2) Mutually dependent—1 Cor. 12 :20-28. (3) Members suffer, body suffers—1 Cor. , 12226: (4) Members honored, body rejoices—1 Cor. 12225; IV. The ideal condition: 1. Christ Lord of all—1 Cor, 12:5. 2. Church subject in all—1 Cor. 12:4-11. THe CHURCH fA Ye FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS I, The various family obligations: is heh IV. 1. Husbands to wives—Matt. 5:32; 19:9; Mark 10:11; Luke 16:18; 1 Cor. 7:14; Eph. 5:25- 33*-Col. 3:19. . Wives to husbands—Rom. 7:1-3; 1 Cor. 7:39; Eph. 5:22-24; Col. 3:18; 1 Tim. 5:14, R. V. . Fathers to children—2 Cor. 12:14; Eph. 6:4; Goole js2i; . Children to parents—Luke 2:48, 49; 9:59-62; 14:26; Eph. 6:1-3; Col. 3:20. . Masters to servants—Eph. 6:9; Col. 4:1; Philem. 10-18. . Servants to masters—Eph. 6:5-8; Col. 3:22-25. No wm & W WN BAPTISM . Commanded by Christ: 1. Baptizing them—Matt. 28:19. 2. He that believeth and is baptized—Mark 16:16. Practiced by apostles: 1. By first apostles—Acts 2:38, 41. 2. By Paul—Acts 19:1-5. Intended for all believers: 1. For the Jews—Acts 2 :38-41. 2. For the Gentiles—Acts 10:45-47. 3. For women as well as men—Acts 8:12; 16:14, 15. An ordinance for the individual: 1. The Eunuch—Acts 8 :36-38. 2. Paul—Acts 9:18. 3. Lydia—Acts 16:14, 15. 4. Jailor—Acts 16:32, 33. 218 OvutTLINE BrIsBLeE STUDIES V. Performed, usually, by person used in conversion, whether “ordained” or “unordained”’ : 1. The apostles and Jews—Acts 2 :38-41. 2. Peter and Gentiles—Acts 10:45-48. 3. Philip and eunuch—Acts 8 :36-38. 4. Ananias and Saul—Acts 9:17, 18. VI. Following the fulfillment of certain spiritual con- ditions: 1. Repentance—Acts 2:38. 2. Faith in Word—Mark 16:15, 16; Acts 2:41; | 16:14, 15. 3 3. Belief in Christ—Acts 8:12, 35-38; 19:4; 16 :31-33. } VII. Expressive of certain spiritual meanings : 1. Not a saving ordinance—1 Cor. 12:13; 1 Pet. 3:21, 2. Not a sign of being identified with religious leaders—1 Cor. 1:12-17. 3. Not, like John’s baptism, unto repentance— Acts 19:3-5., 4, An expression of repentance already exercised —Acts 2:38. 5. An expression of true circumcision already realized—Col. 2:11, 12. 6. An expression of the washing away of sin— Acts 22:16. 7. The sign of introduction into the name of the triune God—Matt. 28:19. 8. The sign and introduction by the Spirit inte. the name and person of Christ—Acts 8:16; 19:52 is Corel 2 eras 9. The sign of the putting on of Christ—Gal. 33273. Rom: 6:3; 10. The sign of identification with Christ in death, burial and resurrection—Rom. 6:3-5; Col. pale IT. IV. ig fe Tue CuHurcH 219 THE LORD’S SUPPER Senet ype 1. The passover—Exod. 12 :1-27. . The institution: 1. With apostles—Matt. 26:17-30; Mark 14:12- 26; Luke 22 :7-20. 2. With church—l1 Cor. 11 :23-26. The meaning: 1. A symbol—1 Cor. 11 :23-25. ZoeAsmemoriat--10C orm 11373-25; 3. A sacrament—1 Cor. 10:16. 4 A-feast—T Cor. 10:17. The prophecy : 1. Till He come—1 Cor. 11:26. 2. When He comes—Matt. 26:29; Mark 14:25; Rev. 19:6-9. SCRIPTURAL GIVING . The attitude of the soul in giving: 1. Not to be as unto men—Matt. 6:1. 2. As an act of worship—l1 Cor. 16:1, 2. Our responsibility to give: 1. God owns all—Col. 1:16; Rev. 4:11. 2. God is Lord of all—Mark 10:21; Acts 10:36. 3. We are the Lord’s stewards—1 Cor. 4:1, 2. 4, As stewards we are to supply our own need and that of others—John 13:29; Acts 2:45; 4:35; 1Cor. 1651-3; 1 Tim, 5:8: 1 John?3:17. 5. Our stewardship to be fulfilled in remembrance of Christ’s coming judgment—1 Cor. 4:1-5. 220 OvuTLINE BrisLte STUDIES III. The way to give: In honesty—Acts 5:1-5. In simplicity (Greek, without self-seeking)— Rom. 12:8. With a willing mind—2 Cor. 8:12. As expressing the heart-purpose—2 Cor. 9:7. With cheerfulness (Greek, hilariousness )—2 Cor. 9:7 In proportion to means—1 Cor. 16:2. As bountifully as possible—2 Cor. 9:6. IV. The time to give: 1. When there is need—Luke 11:5-8. 2. Upon the Lord’s day—1 Cor. 16:1, 2. V. The persons to whom to give: 1. To the unjust as well as the i ust—Matt. 5 :42, 45. nly send eee ee 2. To the members of one’s family—1 Tim. 5:8. 3. To the saints—1 Cor. 16:1 4. To the poor saints in particular: (1) To the Lord’s servants—Phil. 4:10, 14. (2) To the afflicted, widows, etc—1 Tim. 43.010: (3) To the poverty-stricken in general— Mark 14:7; Rom. 15:26; Gal. 2:10. VI. The result of giving: 1. God will reward—Heb. 6:10. THE LAYING ON OF HANDS I. For healing: 1, Ananias on Saul—Acts 9:17. 2. Paul on sick man—Acts 28:8. Il. For ordination: 1. Apostles on deacons—Acts 6:6. 2. Disciples on Barnabas and Saul—Acts 13:1-3. THE CHURCH 221 3. Paul and Barnabas on elders (“ordained” in Greek, to stretch forth the hand)—Acts 14:23. 4, Presbytery on Timothy—1 Tim. 4:14. III. For filling of the Spirit: 1. Apostles on Samaritans—Acts 8 :14-17. 2. Paul on Ephesians—Acts 19:1-6. MINISTERS Key verse: 2 Cor. 6:4 I. A scriptural term: 1. Used of apostles—Acts 26:16. 2. Used of others—Eph. 6:21; Col. 1:7; 1 Thess. 322: II. What they are: 1. Public servants: (1) From Greek, Icitourgos, a functionary in temple—Luke 1:23; Rom. 15:16. Z. Toilers: (1) From Greek, ergatés, a laborer at a trade —Matt. 9:38; 1 Cor. 9:13. 3. Under-oarsmen: (1) From Greek, hupéretés, a galley-slave— Acts vOclO Cores): 4. Messengers: (1) From Greek, diakonos, an attendant, one who runs on errands—2 Cor. 6:4; Mattycu 25,020 55 Enlai) Cola tao: PREACHING Key verse: Mark 16:15 I. The word “preach,” in its various forms, is the English translation of several different Greek words, as follows: 1, Diaggello: (1) To herald thoroughly—Luke 9:60. 222 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES ae 2. Dialegomai: (1) To say thoroughly; to discuss, dispute, reason—Acts. 17:2, 17; 18:4, 19; 19:8, 9+ 20:75:95 24:12, 25 = Juderg: 3. Euaggelizo: (1) To announce good news; to declare good tidings—Matt. 11:5; Luke 1:19; 2:10; 32184 4:18°4353'7:225. O71 96 ee: 20 Ls Acts 52425 84 IP OR Si soos 10:36" CAT 203 [aoe 47 es 15 °353) 5:16 10s 1718 + Romie 10715 30.15220" 1 Core Wie iG 15d:2 32) Cory 10:1633 bs Cees OL 1G 2574 hss alee oe ee 1 Thess. 3:6; Heb. 4:2, 6; 1 Pet. 1:12, 25; 4:6; Rev. 14:6. oy 4. Kataggello: | (1) To proclaim; to promulgate—Acts 4:2; 19253538 38153362 16s 1 /AS E53 lee oe 267225) Come 2s] 0214 - hb 2o. eee 13167183 Col) 1:28: 5. Kérusso: (1) To herald; to proclaim, publish—Matt. 6. Lales: 921341723419 35 tee e/a 24:14; 26:13; Mark 1:4, 7, 14, 38, 39; S214 6212, 13 10214 obs Luke 3:3; 4:18, 19, 44; 8:1, 39; 9:2; 12°32 24:47--Act§ 8353) 9 220 elo ae 42; 19:13.°20:25; 28-31% Rom. (2:24 10-814 26 1 Copeh23 Orgs se 12:2: Cot slo: 45-014 Gal ae § -1s--Phil. te15.: (Colkt23 Se ee 29221 Tims 3216; 2 Din. 4260 bee $219; Revas-2: (1) To talk; to tell, utter, prattl—Mark 2127 Acts S229 50 LAO a ae eee 16:6. THE CHURCH | 223 THE GIFT OF TONGUES It is to be noted that all Christians had the Spirit; that not all Christians who were filled with the Spirit had the gift of tongues; that there is no reason to believe that any Christian preached the gospel in an unknown tongue to the unconverted; that the probability is, in exercising the gift, that the believer simply praised God; that there is no record of any church but the Corinthian exercising the gift; and that the farther removed from Pentecost and apostolic times the disciples were the less the Spirit made of the gift. I. It was a gift in the apostolic church: 1. Jews at Pentecost—Acts 2:1-13. 2. Gentiles in house of Cornelius—Acts 10:44- 46. 3. Gentiles at Ephesus—Acts 19:1-7. 4, The apostle Paul—1 Cor. 14:18. II. It was one of many spiritual gifts: 1. Wisdom, knowledge, faith, healing, miracles, prophecy, discerning, tongues—l1 Cor. 12:7- 10 . Ze Miracles, healings, helps, governments, and diversities of tongues—1 Cor. 12:28. III. It was given to whom the Spirit willed: 1. Severally, as he will—1 Cor. 12:10, 11. 2. Are all workers of miracles? have all the gifts of healing? do all speak with tongues? —1 Cor. 12:29, 30. IV. It was not to be forbidden: 1. Forbid not to speak with tongues—1 Cor. 14:39. V. It was to be coveted: 1. Covet earnestly—1 Cor. 12:31. 2. I would that ye all spake—1 Cor. 14:5, 224 Outiine Brste STupIEs VI. It was less than love and prophecy : 1. Love the more excellent way—1 Cor. 12:31; 13 :1-13. 2. Rather that ye may prophesy—1 Cor. 14:1-5. VII. It was the last in the list: 3 1. After wisdom, knowledge, faith, healing, miracles and prophecy—1 Cor. 12:8-10. 2. After miracles, gifts of healing, helps and governments—1 Cor. 12:28. VIII. It was only to be exercised for edification: 1. Otherwise, prophesy—1 Cor. 14:4-19. 2. Let all things be done unto edifying—1 Cor. 14:26. TX. It was always to be under control and exercised in an orderly manner: 1. The spirit of the prophet was to be subject to the prophet—1 Cor. 14:32. . Not all to speak at once—1 Cor. 14:23-26. By two or at the most three—1 Cor. 14:27. . If no interpreter, keep silence—1 Cor. 14:28. “God is not the author of confusion but of peace”—1 Cor, 14:33, 40. nd ooh PART XII MISSIONS The word missions is not found in the Bible. But the spirit of the word pervades the Book from cover to cover. From the time of man’s fall to that of his final presen- tation in glory, the revelation concerns God’s effort to reach out after and bring safely home to Himself the wandering sons of men. And God expects that this His spirit shall possess, constrain, and control each one who names the name of Christ; for God’s spirit of missions was and is in Christ, and the same mind which is in Him should be in us. This is the explanation, both in respect to Christ and ourselves, why Jesus, in the days of His flesh, gave His apostles and disciples the great commission. And this also is the reason why Christ, from His place in the heavenlies, reémphasizes in every new born soul the evangelistic message. The church, then, is expected to be a body of men, women and children engaged in missions, with all at it and with all always at it. Missions, therefore, are more than a privilege; they are also a sacred and solemn duty. It thus follows that it is not optional with the Christian to believe or not in missions, as he may choose. He is bound to believe in them, and to show his faith by his works, so long as he professes any loyalty whatever to the person, word and spirit of Christ and thus to God. THE GREAT COMMISSION Matt. 28 :18-20 I. The four “Allis”: 1. All power—Verse 18. 2. All nations—Verse 19. 3. All things—Verse 20. 4, All the days—Verse 20, R. V. (margin). MARCHING ORDERS I. The church is commanded: . To witness—Luke 24:46-48; Acts 1:8. . To go forth—John 20:19-23. . To go to the ends of the earth—Acts 1:8. . To disciple all nations—Matt. 28 :18-20. . To preach to every creature—Mark 16:14-18. in & DO THE MISSIONARY IMPERATIVES OF CHRIST I. We are commanded: 1. Behold!—John 4:35. 2. Pray !—Matt. 9:38. 3. Tarry !—Luke 24:49. 4, Go!—Matt. 28:19. 5. Preach !—Matt. 10:7. 6. Teach!—Matt. 28:19. 7. Baptize!—Matt. 28:19. 8. Heal!—Matt. 10:8. CHRIST’S INSTRUCTIONS FOR MISSIONARY SERVICE From Matt. 9 and 10 I. We are commanded: 1. Pray ye!—9:37, 38. 2. Receive ye!—10:1. 227 228 OuTLINE BrsLte STUDIES 3. Go ye!—10:5, 6. 4, Preach ye!—10:7. 5. Heal ye!—1058. 6. Trust ye!—10:9, 10. 7. Fear ye!—10:27, 28. MISSIONARY INSTRUCTIONS AND PROMISES I. Instructions: 1. Preach—Mark 16:15. 2. Disciple—Matt. 28:19, R. V. 3. Baptize—Matt. 28:19. 4. Teach—Matt. 28:20. II. Promises: 1. All power—Matt. 28:18. . I send the promise—Luke 24:49. . Lo, I am with you—Matt. 28 :20. . Believeth, saved—Mark 16:16. . Disbelieveth, condemned—Mark 16:16. . These signs shall follow—Mark 16:17, 18. Aon GW bo CHRIST’S MISSIONARY INSTRUCTIONS AND METHODS I, Christ’s marching orders: 1. Ye are my witnesses—Luke 24 :46-48. 2. Preach to every creature—Mark 16:15, 16. 3. Disciple all nations—Matt. 28:19, 20. 4. Go to the uttermost part of the earth—Acts 1:8. 5. As the Father sent, so I send—John 20:19-23. II. Christ’s methods: 1. Instructions to the twelve—Matt. 10:5-25; Mark 6:7-13; Luke 9:1-6. 2. Instructions to the seventy—Luke 10:1-11, 16- MIssIons 229 III. Christ’s example: 1. Went into a far country—John 3:16; Phil. 2 :6-8. 2. Was poor—Matt. 8:18-20; Luke 9:57, 58; 2 Consoc, 3. Made much of prayer: (1) Rose early for prayer—Luke 4:38, 39, 42-44. (2) Spent all night in prayer—Luke 6:12. (3) Prayed after dealing with large numbers —Luke 5:15, 16; 9:10. . Preached to crowds—Matt. 5:1, 2; 8:1; 13:1-3. . Dealt with individuals—John 3:1-21; 4:1-26. . His pulpit anywhere and anything—Matt. 5:1; 13:1; Mark 2:1-4; 7:24; 9:28; Luke 10:38- 42. 7. et largely stories—Matt. 5, 6, 7; 13:1- nwt THREE UNIVERSAL MISSIONARY FACTS I. A universal condition: 1. All are lost—Isa. 53:6; Rom. 5:12; 3:9, 23. II. A universal requirement: 1, All need to be born from above—John 3:3, 5, 7. III. A universal provision: 1, All may be saved—Isa. 53:6; John 3:16; Rom. 10:13. PERSONS WHO DID NOT BELIEVE IN MISSIONS I, A poor lot and bad company: 1, Cain—Gen. 4:9. 2. The false shepherds—Ezek. 34:1-10. 3. Peter, unsanctified—Matt. 16:21-23. 4. The priest and the Levite—Luke 10:30-37. 230 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES 5. Mr. “Trouble me not”—Luke 11:5-7. 6. Priests of Sanhedrin—Acts 4:1, 15-18. 7. Masters of damsel—Acts 16:16-24. 8. Disciples at Caesarea—Acts 21 :8-13. WHY WE SHOULD BELIEVE IN FOREIGN | MISSIONS I. Because God does: 1. The Father—John 3:16. 7 2. Christ—Luke 19:10; Matt. 6:10; 28:19; Mark 16:15. 3. The Spirit—Acts 2:4, 5; 13:2, 4. II. Because the angels do: 1. When Christ came—Luke 2:13, 14. 2. When Christ comes again—Rev. 14:6, 7. III. Because all the saints in heaven do: 1. The living creatures, etc.—Rev. 5 :8-10. 2. The tribulation saints—Rev. 15 :2-4. 3. All the saints—Rev. 19:1-6, IV. Because all the noblest saints on earth have done so: 1. The prophets—Psa. 72; Isa. 12. 2. The apostles—Acts 15:6-9; 15:13, 14. 3. The early disciples—Acts 2:4; 8:10; 13:2, 3; 1 Thess. 1:8. 4. Peter—Acts 10:34-43. 5. James—Acts 15:13-19. 6. John—John 3:16; Rev. 10:11. 7. Paul—Acts 26:19, 20. V. Because the church needs them: 1. Israel a type—Hag. 1:1-11. 2. The church—Matt. 28:19, 20. VI. Because the world needs them: 1. The world’s state—John 3:16; Acts 26:17, 18. 2. The world’s need—Acts 4:12; Mark 16:16. MISSIONS 231 Vil. Because the kingdom cannot come without them: 1. Then shall the end come—Matt. 24:14. 2. The gathering out of the Gentiles—then the kingdom—Acts 15 :14-17. VIII. Because we must one day face in judgment Him who said, “Go!”: 1. The judgment seat of Christ—Rom. 14:10: ZAG Osh) 2. The test—1 Cor. 3:9-15. 3. Possibility of being ashamed—1 John 2:28. SCRIPTURAL MOTIVES FOR FOREIGN I; Three C’s: MISSIONS 1. The command of Christ: (1) “Go!’—Matt. 28:19, 20; Mark 16:15. 2. The compassion of Christ: (1) “Pray!’—Matt. 9:36-38. 3. The coming of Christ: (1) eye shall the end come’”—Matt. 24:3, PAUL’S MISSIONARY ATTITUDE I. Three Iam’s: From Romans 1. “I am a debtor’”—1 :14. 2. “I am ready’—1:15. 3. “I am not ashamed’’—1 :16. IN TRUST WITH THE GOSPEL I. Paul’s attitude: 1. “The glorious gospel . . . committed to my trust’—1 Tim. 1:11. 2. “A dispensation of the gospel is committed unto me’’—1 Cor. 9:17. 3. “I am debtor both to the Greeks and to the Barbarians’”—Rom. 1:14. 4 . “Woe is unto me, if I preach not the gospel’— Pe Gores 1G: 232 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES PAUL AND THE HEATHEN I. His commission: 1. To Jews and Gentiles—Acts 26:16, 17; 22220 21: 7 2. To Jews first, then Gentiles—Rom. 1:16. II. His understanding of his special commission to the heathen : 1. Sent to the Gentiles: (1) As a preacher and apostle—2 Tim. 1:11 (2) As a teacher—1 Tim. 2:7. (3) As a minister—Rom. 15:16. III. His conception of the spiritual condition of the heathen: 1. All under sin—Rom. 3:9, 10. 2. Death upon all—Rom. 5:12. 3. Know not God—l1 Thess. 4:5. 4, Alienated from life of God—Eph. 4:17-19. 5. Without excuse—Rom. 1 :18-23. 6. Without hope—Eph. 2:11, 12. IV. His view of the means to be taken for the salvation of the heathen: 1. Gentiles, fellow-heirs, but through the gospel —Eph. SK OTF 2. Justified, but through faith in Christ—Gal. 3:8, 9, 14, 22. 3. They must hear to believe—Rom. 10:12-14. V. His method of preaching to the heathen: 1. The jailor—Acts 16:27-34. . Felix—Acts 24:24, 25. . Agrippa—Acts 26 :27-32. . Lycaonians—Acts 14:13-18. . Athenians—Acts 17 :22-31. . Ephesians—Acts 20:17, 20, 21. On ur & GH DQ MISSIONS 2335 —— VI. His consciousness of obligation to the heathen: 1. I am debtor—Rom. 1:14. 2. Woe is me!—1 Cor. 9:16, 17. VII. His earnestness to save the heathen: 1. Become all things—1 Cor. 9:19-23; 10:33. 2. Suffered all things—2 Cor. 11:23-28. THE SPIRITUAL CONDITION OF THE HEATHEN It is clear from 1 Cor. 10:32, and from the general testimony of Scripture, that in God’s sight there are but three classes of people upon the earth, namely, Chris- tians, Jews and Gentiles. The first class is a new race made up of those who were formerly Jews or Gentiles; the second is made up of the seed of Abraham according to the flesh; and the third is composed of all other peoples on earth, wherever found. This last class, the Gentiles, is designated in Scripture by various words, the one Greek word, “ethnos,’ being translated by the English words, “Gentiles,” “nations,” or “heathen.” At the present time the Gentiles are divided in common reckoning into two classes, namely, “Christians,” or those who have been evangelized, and “heathen,” or those who have not been evangelized. But in apostolic times, when the New Testa- ment was written, this last distinction did not exist, the only people having the religion of Jehovah being the Jews, and all others, that is, the Gentiles, being without a re- vealed religion, and, therefore, being considered as heathen. Hence, whatever the New Testament Scriptures say concerning the “Gentiles” or “nations” or “heathen,” is said concerning the then heathen; hence, also, the spir- itual condition of the then heathen is found by tracing through the Scriptures its testimony concerning the “Gen- tiles,” the “nations,” and the “heathen.” In conclusion, then, since the spiritual condition of the present heathen has not changed from what it was in New Testament times, the Scripture’s testimony concerning the “Gentiles,” 234 OuTLINE Brs_te STUDIES the “nations” and the “heathen,” gives us the mind of God concerning the spiritual condition of the heathen at the present time. I. Their spiritual condition: L. STON OT oes Go- NS They, with all mankind, have sinned in Kaa and death has passed upon them—Rom, 5:12- 14, . They have fallen short of the glory of God and are under sin—Rom. 3 :9-20. They know not God—l1 Thess. 4:5. . They pray, but their prayers are vain repetitions =——Matt..6:7 . They worship demons—l1 Cor. 10:20. . They engage themselves in abominable idolatries 1 Pet. 4:3. . They know that there is a God, but they have not glorified Him and have worshiped the creature rather than the Creator—Rom. 1:19- an . They have cast God out of mind and heart and are filled with unrighteousness—Rom. 1 :28- ie . They are empty of mind spiritually, their un- derstanding is darkened, and they are alien- ated from the life of God—Eph. 4:17-19. . They are alienated from God, and are the enemies of God—Col. 1:21. . They are dead in trespasses and sins, and by nature they are the children of wrath—Eph. 2:1-3. . They are blind, in darkness, in the power of Satan, and need forgiveness of sins—Acts 26:17, 18. . They know they will be judged yet they persist 132i in sin—Rom. . They are without excuse—Rom. 1 :18-20. . They have no hope, being without God—Eph. Pie Miss1ons 235 II. Their judgment certain and terrible: if 7st 3. 4. ae 6. They will be judged—Rom. 1:32; 1 Pet. 4:3-5. They will receive fewer stripes than those who reject Christ, but they will be punished—Luke 12:47, 48; Matt. 10:14, 15; 11:20-24; Mark 6:11; Luke 10:10-16. They will be judged by the law of conscience, but will perish—Rom. 2:12-15. eek will suffer tribulation and anguish—Rom. 2: They will be punished with everlasting destruc- tion—2 Thess. 1 :6-9. They will be sent away into the place prepared for the devil and his angels, that is, into the lake of fire—Matt. 25 :41-46; Rev. 21:8. III. Their only hope is in the hearing of the gospel: i Provision is made for the world being saved, but only by believing on Christ—John 3:16. . There is only one name whereby men may be saved—Acts 4:12. 2 3. The heathen are fellow-heirs, but only through 4. 5 6 the gospel—Eph. 3:6. They may be justified, but only through faith— Gal. 3:8. . They may be sanctified, but only through faith —Acts 26:17, 18; 2 Thess. 2:13. . They may have the blessing of Abraham and the gift of the Spirit, but only through faith— Gal. 3:14. . Hence Christ’s commandments, “Go, preach”’— Matt. 28:19; Mark 16:15, 16; Luke 24:47; Acts 1:8. . Hence the obedience of the apostles in spite of all the cost—Acts 8:4; 10:10-21. . Hence Paul’s life: (1) His commission; to preach—Acts 22:14, 15; 26:16-19. 236 OuTLINE Brste STuDIES (2) His sense of obligation to preach—Rom. P2141 Coro sl6n 17s tre lima (3) His obedience to his commission—Acts 26 :18-20. (4) His suffering that men might be saved— I'Gore9=19-23 572, Coral iecaneo. (5) His testimony to the heathen as to dying men—Acts 16:27-34; 26:27-32; 14:13, 1917-22-31 420 717) 20.021) (6) His complaint against his hinderers—1 ahesse72-loiG, 10. A eunuch may be zealous, a worshiper of God, and an ardent student of the W ord, but he needs the preacher to understand and believe —Acts 8 :26-39. 11. A Cornelius may be devout, may feag God, may give much alms, and may pray to God alway, but he needs the preacher to be saved—Acts 10:1-6, 30-33, 43, 44. 12. How can they hear without a preacher ?—Rom. 10:12-17. IV. The election of God: 1. Christ is at the head of the missionary enter- prise as the Lord of the harvest—Matt. 9:38. 2. It is God Himself, through His servants, who ne undertaken to visit the Gentiles—Acts 15:14. 3. Christ has pledged Himself to seek and to save His own among the heathen—John 10:16. 4. The Word declares that those who were saved » from heathenism among the Thessalonians were chosen unto salvation from the begin- ning—2 Thess. 2:13. 5. The Word declares that those who were saved from heathenism from among the Ephesians were chosen, predestinated, and accepted in the beloved from before the foundation of the world—Eph. 1:4-6, 11. MISSIONS 237 6. The Word declares that those who were saved from heathenism from among the Romans were predestinated, called, justified, and glori- fied—Rom. 8:29, 30. 7. It was Christ who knew about the eunuch and who sent Philip to him; this is an illustration of what He can do and does do for those who honestly desire Him, though it is to be noted ae the preacher was necessary—Acts 8:26, Z 8. It was Christ who knew about Cornelius, and who sent Peter to him; this is an illustration of what He can do and does do for those who are honestly seeking to live up to the light they have, though it is to be noted that that light was not sufficient and it was necessary to send more light through the preacher— Acts 10:1-5, 19, 20. THE UNITY OF MAN’S CONDITION AND OF GOD’S PROVISION I. Man’s condition: 1. One race: (1) All of one blood—Acts 17:26. 2. One need: (1) All the world guilty—Rom. 3:19. (2) Death on all—Rom. 5:12. II. God’s provision: 1. One Saviour: (1) Tasted death for every man—Heb. 2:9. (2) Free gift for all—Rom. 5:18, 19. (3) One name under heaven—Acts 4:12. 2. One body: (1) Middle wall down—Eph. 2:13, 14. (2) No Greek, Jew, etce.—Gal. 3:27, 28; Col. Spa ale (3) The Christ—1 Cor. 12:12, R. V. 238 OQuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES 3. One life and power: (1) Made to drink of one Spirit—l "Coe 12:13. 4. One service: (1) Ye serve the Lord Christ—Col. 3:23, 24. (2) Witnesses unto me—Acts 1:8. 5. One hope and destiny : Of) (Grace: Cy fe denying “lusts blessed hope—Titus 2:11-13. (2) Citizenship in heaven—Phil. 3:20, 21. THE PROGRESS OF MISSIONS I. In the Old Testament economy: 1. Adam (unfallen) : a (1) “Be fruitful, and multiply’—Gen. 1:27, 28. The offer to cover an unfallen earth with an unfallen seed. 2. Noah: (1) “Be fruitful, and multiply’—Gen. 9:1, 7. The offer to cover the earth with a fallen but with a redeemed seed. 3. Abram: (1) “I will bless thee . . . and thou shalt be a blessing’—Gen. 12:1-3. The offer to make a special nation a special blessing to all the earth. 4. Isaac: (1) “I will make thy seed to multiply”—Gen. 26 | The promise to multiply a righteous seed. 5. Jacob: (1) “Thou shalt spread abroad”—Gen. 28 :13-15. The offer to scatter the seed abroad. 6. Moses: (1) “Thou shalt serve God upon this moun- tain” —Exod. 3:6-8, 12. MIssIONS 239 The promise to make Israel an object les- son of mercy before the nations, that they might be a blessing to the ends of the earth. II. In the New Testament economy: 1, Christ (prophecy) : (1) “I shall give thee the heathen (nations) for thine inheritance’”—Psa. 2:8. 2. Church (present age) : (1) “Go ye . . . disciple all nations”— Matt. 28 :18-20. (2) “To every creature’—Mark 16:15, 16. C3) aa LOrtake_Outs uns iy a, people ror nis name’’—Acts 15:14. 3. Israel (millennium) : (1) “Residue of men”—Acts 15:16, 17. 4. Gentiles (millennium) : (1) “All the Gentiles’—Acts 15:17; Zech. 14:9, 16. WORLD DOMINION I. Offered to: 1. Adam—Gen. 1 :26-28. 2. Noah—Gen. 9:1-2, 7-11. 3. Abram—Gen. 12:1-3. 4, Nebuchadnezzar—Dan. 2 :36-38. II. Given to: 1. Jesus Christ: (1) Over Jews—Luke 1 :30-33. (2) Over Gentiles—Dan. 7:11-14; Psa. : 2:6-9; 72:1-11. (3) Over animal creation—Isa. 11:1-10; 35 :4-10. (4) Over whole earth—Zech. 14:9; Rev. Lis tS. PART XIII DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS The devotional study of the Bible is highly importaist. It should not displace linguistic, historical, theological, and exegetical study, for all knowledge of the Word, if reverently secured and humbly held, is to the soul’s ad- vantage. Nevertheless, devotional study should supple- ment all other kinds, and indeed, if choice between differ- ent processes must be made, should occupy the first place. For God’s revelation to man is supremely personal; and besides, it emphasizes being before doing, and thus, pos- sessing before professing. The Christian’s life problem is to be like Christ; and he may best attain to this state of seeking and finding Him by meditating upon the Holy Scriptures. This 1s what the Master meant when He said: “Search the Scrip- tures: for in them ye think ye have eternal life; and they are they which testify of me.” But it is to be remembered that even devotional knowledge, in itself, does not sanctify. What makes life holy is, first, knowledge, and then obedience; first, contemplating, and then imitating. THE “I AM’S” OF JOHN The use of the phrase “I am” connects Jesus with the Jehovah of the Old Testament as the self and ever-existent God. I. Jesus affirmed: . I am the living bread . Lam the bread of life—6:35. . Iam the good shepherd—10:11, 14. . Iam the door—10:7, 9. . I am the light—8 :12. . Iam the way, truth and life—14:6. . Tam the vine—15:1. re: I am a king—18:37. a Pam sche: . 1am not of the world—8 :23. . Lam from above—8 :23. I am the bread—6:41. 6:51. I am the resurrection and life—11:25. THE “VERILY’S” OF JOHN In the Greek, the reading is, Amen, Amen, which is the form of the oath which was taken in the Jewish civil and ecclesiastical courts. I. The use Christ made of the word “verily”: ONAMHRWNY . Before Abraham was, I am—8:58. . The Son does nothing without the Father—5 :19. . We speak that we do know—3:11. . Who enters not by the door is a thief—10:1. . I am the door of the sheep—10:7. . Whosoever sins is the servant of sin—8 :34. . Ye must be born again—3:3. , Except ye be born of water and the Spirit—3:5. 243 244 mH ODDNAURWN —s I. The Unt wo Ne OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES . God giveth the true bread from heaven—6:32. . Ye must eat the flesh and drink the blood—6:53. . He that believeth hath everlasting life—6:47. . If a man keep my words, he shall never die— 8:51 . Is passed from death unto life—S :24. . Except a seed die, it abideth alone—12 :24. . The servant is not greater than his lord—13:16. . Whatsoever ye shall ask, the Father will give— 16:23. . Greater works shall ye do—14:12. . He that receiveth you receiveth me—13 :20. . Your sorrow shall be turned into joy—16:20. . The dead shall hear and live—5:25. CHRIST’S “I WILL’S” . I will give bread for life—John 6:51. . I will give you rest—Matt. 11:28. I will pray for the Comforter—John 14:16. . I will send the Comforter—John 16:7. I will give mouth and wisdom—Luke 21:15. I will draw all men unto me—John 12:32. . I will make you fishers of men—Matt. 4:19. . I will do whatsoever ye ask—John 14:13. . I will that they may be with me—John 17:24. . I will come again—John 14:3. . I will raise him up—John 6:54. “BEHOLD!” Scripture declarations : . A Virgin shall be with child—Matt. 1:23. . I bring you good tidings of great joy—Luke mea): . There came wise men to worship Him—Matt. 2il . The Lamb which taketh away sin—John 1:29, - Now is the accepted time—2 Cor, 6:2, DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 245 6. Thou art made whole, sin no more—John 5:14. 7. What manner of love—1 John 3:1. 8. All things are become new—2 Cor. 5:17. 9. I send you forth as lambs—Luke 10:3. 10. I give you power—Luke 10:19. 11. I have set before thee an open door—Rev. 3:8. 12. I stand at the door and knock—Rev. 3:20. 13. I come as a thief; watch!—Rev. 16:15. 14. The Lord cometh—Jude 14. 15. He cometh with clouds—Rev. 1:7. 16. nee et of God is among you—Luke Ae Wee Bes tabernacle of God is with men—Rev. 2134: 18. I will make all things new—Rev. 21:5. 19. I am alive for evermore—Rev. 1:18. “BEHOLD!” I. The voice of man: 1. Behold the Lamb—John 1:29, 36. 2. Behold the man—John 19:5. 3. Behold your king—John 19:14. II. The voice of Christ: 1. Behold, my hands and my feet—Luke 24:39, 2. Behold, I stand at the door—Rev. 3:20. 3. Behold, I come quickly—Rev. 22:7, 12. “CONSIDER!” Key verse: Isa. 1:3 I. The sin of not considering: 1. Everything has been made to speak of God. 2. We are to listen to these voices, and consider. II. What we are to consider: 1. The lesson of wisdom: (1) Consider the ant!—Prov. 6:6-8. 246 VITl. OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES . The lesson of trust: (1) Consider the ravens orale 12 :24. . The lesson of receiving: (1) Consider the lilies !—Luke 12:27. . The lesson of submission: (1) Consider the works of God !—Job 37:14. . The lesson of humility : (1) Consider thyself—Gal. 6:1. . The lesson of unselfishness : (1) Consider one another—Heb. 10:24. . The lesson of God-likeness : (1) Consider Jesus Christ !_Heb. 3:1; 12:3. NE ONG Sites ir ea “REMEMBER!” . To worship: 1. Remember the Sabbath day—Exod. 20:8. . To be grateful: 1. Remember how led—Deut. 8:2. . To be humble: 1. Remember servant, not greater than Lord— John 15:20, . Life’s experiences: 1. Remember the days of old—Deut. 32:7. . Life’s warnings: 1. Remember Lot’s wife—Luke 17 :32. . Life’s dangers: 1. Remember, how there should be mockers in } the last time—Jude 17, 18. . The coming of Christ: 1. Remember, how received and heard; watch or I will come—Rev. 3:3 Jesus Christ Himself: 1. Remember Jesus Christ, risen from the dead —2 Tim. 2:8, R. V. DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 247 “TAKE HEED!” I. A general law of God: 1. Exhortation: (1) “Take heed unto thyself”—1 Tim. 4:16. II. Particular applications: 1. The inner life, as to God: (1) “Take heed lest . . . unbelief”— Hebe 17. (2) “Take ye heed, watch and pray”—Mark 13333; (3) “Take heed lest ye fall”—1 Cor. 10:12. (4) “Take heed that the light . . . be not darkness’”—Luke 11:35. 2. The outer life, as to man: (1) “Take heed what ye hear”’—Mark 4:24. (2) “Take heed how ye hear’—Luke 8:18. (3) “Take heed how ye build’”—1 Cor. 3:10. (4) “Take heed lest any man deceive’— Matt. 24:4. III. Means of safeguarding: 1. As to the past: (1) “We ought to give . . . things heard” Heb, 2:1: 2. As to the future: (1) “We have a more sure word’—2 Pet. Bet “TAKE HEED!” I. Christ’s exhortations : 1. “Take ye heed, watch and pray”—Mark 13:33. 2. “Take heed that ye do not your alms before men, to be seen of them’—Matt. 6:1. 3. “Take heed, beware of covetousness’”—Luke P15: 248 II. . The invitation: OvuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES 4. “Take heed that no man deceive you”—Matt. 24 :4 5. “Take heed what ye hear” —Mark 4:24. 6. “Take heed, therefore, how ye hear’—Luke 8:18. 7. “Take. heed, therefore, that the light which is in thee be not darkness”—Luke 11:35. 8. “Take ye heed, behold I have foretold you all things’—Mark 13:23. “COME!” . Come and reason—Isa. 1:18. . Come thou into the ark—Gen. 7:1. . Come and buy—lIsa. 55:1. . Come and rest—Matt. 11:28. . Come, for all is ready—Luke 14:17. . Come and dine—John 21 :12. . Come and drink—John 7:37. . Come after me—Mark 1:17. . Come up hither—Rev. 4:1. The condition: 1. Whosoever will—Rev. 22:17. 2. Must believe—Heb. 11:6. OO CON ON Un & GW RQ . The promise : 1. Will not cast out—John 6:37. . The inheritance: 1. The kingdom—Matt. 25:34. . The return invitation: 1. Come, Lord Jesus—Rev. 22:20. “GOD IS ABLE” . God is able: 1. To save—Heb. 7:25. 2. To keep—2 Tim. 1:12. 3. To make stand—Rom. 14:4. DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 249 . To keep from falling—Jude 24. To give all grace—2 Cor. 9:8. To succor—Heb. 2:18. To subdue—Phil. 3:21. . To present faultless—Jude 24. To do above all—Eph. 3:20. GOD “SPARED NOT” I. God spared not: 1. The angels—2 Pet. 2:4. 2. The old world—2 Pet. 2:5. 3. The Jews—Rom. 11:21. 4. His own Son—Rom. 8:32. “MUSTM” I. As related to Christ: 1, As to salvation: (1) “I must be about my Father’s business” —Luke 2:49, (2) “He must needs go through Samaria”— John 4:4. (3) “Even so must the Son of Man be lifted up’—John 3:14, 15. | (4) Jesus shewed how He must rise again— Matt. 16:21. 2. As to judgment: (1) “He must reign, till he hath put all enemies under his feet’—1 Cor. isa be Fale II. As related to man: 1. As to sinners: (1) Must believe that God is—Heb. 11:6. (2) Must be born again—John 3:5-7. 2. As to saints: (1) Must worship in spirit and in truth— John 4:24. (2) Must appear before the judgment seat of Christ—2 Cor. 5:10. ODO NID on 250 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES “ALWAYS” I. What is required: . Always remembering—2 Pet. 1:15. . Always confessing—Il Pet. 3:15. . Always serving—l1l Cor. 15:58. . Always praying—Eph. 6:18. . Always praising—Eph. 5:20. . Always dying—2 Cor. 4:10. . Always triumphing—2 Cor. 2:14. II. What is provided: , 1. Always having a sufficiency—2 Cor. 9:8. NI ON U1 Go DO “ALWAYS” I. What God will always do: 1. “And it shall be always upon his forehead, that they may be accepted before the Lord’— Exod. 28:38. 2. “So it was alway; the cloud covered it by day, apie appearance of fire by night’”—Num. 9:1 3. “The eyes of the Lord thy God are always upon it, from the beginning of the year even unto the end of the year’”—Deut. 11:12. 4, “Lo, Iam with you alway” (Greek, all the days) —Matt. 28:20. II. What man should always be: 1. “Let thy garments be always white”’—Eccles. 9:8 2. “Praying always with all prayer and supplica- tion in the Spirit”—Eph. 6:18. . “Rejoice in the Lord always’”—Phil. 4:4. . oe thanks always for all things’—Eph. :20. . “Always abounding in the work of the Lord’— 1 Cor. 15:58. wn BW DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 251 6. “Always bearing about in the body the dying of the Lord Jesus, that the life also of Jesus might be made manifest in our body”—2 Cor. 4:10. ; 7. “Now the Lord of peace himself give you peace always by all means’—2 Thess. 3:16. MOSES’ “ROD” I. A progression: 1. A rod—Exod. 4:2, 4. 2. This rod—Exod. 4:17. 3. The rod of God—Exod. 4:20. “SEALED” I. Sealing described: . Him that God sealed—John 6:27. . The foundation . . . having this seal—2 Siri ead RS . Sealed with the Holy Spirit—Eph. 1:13. . Sealed and given the earnest—2 Cor. 1:21, 22. . Sealed unto the day of redemption—Eph. 4:30. . Hath set to his seal that God is true—John 3:33. “ONE THING” I. A development: 1. One thing thou lackest (salvation)—Mark IS EA PRE Zz. One thing is needful (fellowship)—Luke 10:41, 42. 3. One thing I know (witnessing )—John 9:25. 4. One thing I do (consecration)—Phil. 3:13. “ALL THINGS” I. The Christian’s inheritance: 1. All things are of God—2 Cor. 5:18. 2. All things are for your sakes—2 Cor. 4:15. 3. All things work together for good—Rom. 8:28. 4. All things are yours—1 Cor. 3:21-23. Ot BR Ww Rh = 252 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES PAUL’S “I AM’S” I. How he was what he was: 1. By grace—1 Cor. 15:10. II. What he was: 1. I am crucified—Gal. 2 :20. 2. I am the least—1 Cor. 15:9. 3. I am an Apostle—1 Tim. 2:7. 4. Iam an ambassador—Eph. 6:20. 5. I am a debtor—Rom. 1:14. | 6. I am ready—Rom. 1:15. III. What he was not: 1. I am not ashamed—Rom. 1:16. PAUL’S “I KNOW’S” I. What Paul knew: . In me dwelleth no good thing—Rom. 7: 18. Whom I have believed—2 Tim. 1:12. . Nothing against myself—1 Cor. 4:4, R. V. . In part—1 Cor. 13:12. How to abound and to be abased—Phil. 4:12. . That this shall turn to my salvation—Phil. 1:19, . After my departure—Acts 20:29, | NAMP ON PAUL’S “FAITHFUL SAYINGS” . Salvation: 1. That Christ came to save sinners—1 Tim. 1:15. II. Godliness : 1. That godliness is profitable—1 Tim. 4:8, 9. III. Good works: 1. That Christians should maintain good works— Titus 3:8. — DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 253 ee IV. Responsibility : 1. That, if a man desire the office of a bishop, he desires a good work—1 Tim. 3:1. V. Rewarding: 1. That if we die, we shall live; if we suffer, we shall reign—2 Tim. 2:11, 12. THE “BETTERS” OF HEBREWS Key verse: Heb. 11:40 I. All things better in Christ: . A Saviour, better than the angels—1 :4. . A better testament—7 :22. . A better covenant, on better promises—8 :6. . Better sacrifices—9 :23, . A better hope—7 :19. . A better resurrection—11 :35. . A better country—11:16. . A better inheritance—10:34. CONT OND U1 BG DOE id bl Od BRS In Hebrews 4 I, “Let us fear’—v. 1. II. “Let us labor’”—v. 11. III. “Let us hold fast’—v. 14. IV. “Let us come boldly’—v. 16. THE “PRECIOUS” THINGS OF 1 PETER I. The Christian’s precious possessions: , Christ—2 :7. . The blood—1:18, 19. . The living stone—2:4. . The corner stone—2:6. . The trial of faith—1:7. mBRWhNOre 254 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES THE “KNOW’S” OF 1 JOHN Rey. Verser. cl, 10 os I. The Christian’s certainties: . That Christ came to take away sins—3:5. . That we have passed from death unto life—3:14. That we are of God—5:19. That we are born of God—2:29. That he who is born of God sinneth not—5:18. . That God abideth in us—3:24. . That we dwell in Him and He in us—4:13. . That Christ came to give us understanding— 320; . That we may know Him who is true—5 :20. . That we may know all things—2:20, 21. . That we may know the Spirit—4:2. . That God hears us—5:15. . That we are of the truth—3:19. . That we shall be like Christ—3:2. THE “OVERCOMES” OF REVELATION I. The Christian’s rewardings: 1 . Shall escape judgment—2:11. . shall have a new name—2:17. . Shall have power—2 :26. . Shall be clothed—3:5. . Shall be a pillar—3 :12. . Shall sit on a throne—3 :21. . Shall inherit all things—21 :7. CONTA U1 & Oo DO Shall eat of the tree—2:7. THE “BLESSEDS” OF REVELATION I. Those who receive God’s blessings: i Ze 3. Who read and keep—1:3. Who keepeth garments—16:15. Who keep sayings—22:7. DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 255 4. Who do commandments—22 :14. 5. Who die in the Lord—14:13. 6. Who is in the first resurrection—20:6. 7. Who are at the marriage supper—19°9, “FINALLY” I. Last exhortations: . Be strong—Eph. 6:10. Abound—1 Thess. 4:1, R. V. Think—Phil. 4:8. . Rejoice—Phil. 3:1. Be of one mind—1 Pet. 3:8. Pray for us—2 Thess. 3:1. . Farewell—2 Cor. 13:11. NOUR OD “AMEN!” As based on the Authorized Version I. The meaning of the Word: 1. Hebrew; aw-mane ; built up; sure; so be it! 2. Greek, amén; firm; trustworthy; verily! II. First use in Scriptures: 1. Old Testament; adulteress; curse; ‘‘Woman shall say, Amen, amen!’”—Num. 5:20, 22. 2. New Testament; Lord’s Prayer; “Glory, for- — ever, Amen!”—Matt. 6:13. III. Use in New Testament: 1. Ascriptions of praise to God; seventeen passages in all: (1) “To God only wise, be glory, through Jesus Christ forever, Amen’”—Rom. 16:27. (2) “God and our Father, to whom be glory for ever and ever, Amen’”’—Gal. 1:4, 5. (3) “Unto him be glory in the church by Christ Jesus throughout all ages, world without end, Amen”—Eph. 3:21. 256 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES (4) “Now unto the King eternal, immortal, invisible, the only wise God, be honour and glory for ever and ever, Amen’ — Leber 73 (5) “Unto him that loved us . . . to him be glory and dominion for ever and ever, Amen’—Reyv. 1:5, 6. 2. The benedictions of God; eighteen passages in all: (1) “Now the God of peace be with you all, Amen”—Rom. 15:33. (2) “The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God, and the com- munion of the Holy Ghost; be with you all. Amen’—2 Cor. 13:14. (3) “The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen”’—Rev. 22:21. 3. The promises of God: (1) “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world. Amen’”—Matt. 28 :20. (2) “Behold, I am alive forever more, Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death” —Rev. 1:18. : (3) “For all the promises of God in him are yea, and in him Amen”—2 Cor. 1:20. 4. The prophecies of God: (1) “Behold, he cometh . . . all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of him, Even so, Amen’”’—Rev. 1:7. (2) “Surely I come quickly. Amen”’—Rey. pat VY 5. The commandments of God: (1) “Little children, keep yourselves from idols. Amen’—1 John 5:21. (2) “Go ye therefore . . . Amen”’—Matt. 28 :19, 20. 6. The various books of the New Testament; all except three, Acts, James and 3 John: DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 257, (1) Gospels; Matthew, Mark, Luke and John; all end with Amen—Matt. 28 :20; Mark 16:20; Luke 24:53; John ple: (2) All the Epistles, except James and 3 John, end with Amen—Rom. 16:27, L1G, (3) The Revelation ends with Amen—Rev. Peay | 7, The whole New Testament and Bible: (1) The last word of all, Amen—Rev, 22:21. FIRST THINGS I. Putting first things first: First, give yourselves to the Lord—2 Cor. 8:5. Seek ye first the kingdom—Matt. 6:33. Be reconciled first, then come—Matt. 5 :24. . First cast out the beam in thine eye—Matt. 7:5. . Learn first to shew piety at home—1 Tim. 5:4. . First say, Peace be to this house—Luke 10:5. . Sit down first and count the cost—Luke 14 :27- 29; II. The One who empowers us to put first things first: 1. Christ, the first and last—Isa. 41:4; 44:6; Bel se Reval dbl /) ect Le SACRIFICERS AND SACRIFICES I. The great Sacrificer and His sacrifice: 1. The Sacrificer : (1) Every high priest is ordained—Heb. 5:1. (2) It was necessary for this man—Heb. 8 :1-3. (3) After he had offered . . . sat down— Feb lost. 2. The sacrifice: (1) Christ . . . is sacrificed—1 Cor. 5:7, (2) Hath given Himself for us—Eph. 5:2. (3) There remaineth no more sacrifice—Heb. 10:26 NOUR - 258 OvuTLINE Brs_te STUDIES II. The lesser sacrificers and their sacrifices: 1. The sacrificers: (1) Ye are . . . an holy priesthood to offer up spiritual sacrifices—1 Pet. 2:5. 2. The sacrifices : (1) Persons—Rom. 12:1. (2) Faith—Phil. 2:17 (2 Cor. 8:5). (3) Humility—Psa. 51:17. (4) Love—Eph. 5:2. (5) Good works—Heb. 13:16. (6) Alms—Phil. 4:18. } (7) Praise—Heb. 13:15. THE COVENANTS I. A covenant is always a new manifestation of grace: 1. Where sin abounds, grace much more—Gen. 15:18> Rom. <5 20. II. Any covenant must be between, at least, two parties: 1. As between Abraham and Abimelech—Gen. VA TPA a Le VAR III. It is an agreement mutually accepted and ratified: 1. As between the Lord and Abraham—Gen. 15:17-21. 2. As between Jonathan and David—1 Sam. 18 :1-4. IV. It only continues so long as both parties keep the conditions : 1. Israel rejected God’s covenant and hence God rejected Israel—2 Kings 17 :13-23. V. There are séven covenants so described: 1. With Adam, unfallen: (1) Be fruitful and multiply—Gen. 1:28. 2. With Adam, fallen: (1) The seed of the woman—Gen: Bete DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 259 3. With Noah: (1) Replenish the earth—Gen. 9:1-17. 4. With Abraham: (1) Get thee out—Gen. 12:1-3. (2) Unto thy seed—Gen. 15:17-21. 5. With Moses: (1) ete thou these words—Exod. 34:27, 2 (2) If thou shalt hearken—Deut. 28:1-14. 6. With David: (1) Thy kingdom shall be established—l1 Chroot 7-122 oa 7210s 1s. 7. With Christ: (1) The seed, which is Christ—Gal. 3:16. (2) A new covenant—Heb. 8:7-13. VI. The covenant of God with Christ is the only one in which both parties have kept and will keep the agreement: 1. Confirmed with an oath—Heb. 6:13-20. NEW THINGS I. The new things which God has given to us: . New creation—2 Cor. 5:17; Gal. 6:15. . The New Testament—2 Cor. 3:6; Heb. 9:15. . A new commandment—Jolin 15:54; 1 John 2:8. . A new way—Heb. 10:20. . A new man—Eph. 4:24; Col. 3:10. . A new lump—1 Cor. 5:7. Ow WD = II. The new things which God will give to us: 1. A new name—Rev. 2:17; 3:12. 2. A new song—Rev. 5:9. 3. New heavens and earth—2 Pet. 3:13; Rev. 21:1. 4. The new Jerusalem—Rev. 21:2. 5. All things new—Rev. 21:5. 260 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES THE NEW THINGS OF REVELATION Key verse: 21:5 I. The new things which are to come: . The new heaven—21 :1. . The new earth—21:1. . The new city—21 :2. . The new tabernacle—21 :3. . The new fellowship—21 :3. The new experience—21 :4. . The new prospect—21 :5-8. THE WILL OF GOD I. What its character is: 1. It is supreme: (1) Among nations—Dan. 4:17. (2) In quickening—John 5:21. (3) In the church—1 Cor. 12:11; Heb. 2:4. (4) In all things—Eph. 1:11. 2. It is all powerful—Dan. 4:35. 3. It is alone good—Luke 2:14. 4. It is acceptable and perfect—Rom. 12:2. II, What it has done for the saints: 1, Born—John 1:12, 13. 2. Begotten—Jas. 1:18. 3. Sanctified—Heb. 10:10. 4. Occupied—Phil. 2:13. III. What it purposes for the saints: . Predestinated—Eph. 1:5. . Eternally safe—Matt. 18:14. . Delivered from evil—Gal. 1:4. . Sanctified—l1 Thess. 4:3. . Made thankful—1 Thess. 5:18. . Made to do well—1 Pet. 2:15. . To be raised—John 6:39, 40. . To be with Christ—John 17:24. NO WB OWN CONTI O Ur BOON DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 261 IV. What it was to Christ: 1, I delight—Psa. 40:8. . Lo, I come—Heb. 10:7. . | came—John 6:38. . I seek—John 5:30. . My meat—John 4:34. . Thy will be done—Matt. 26:39, 42; Mark 14:36; Luke 22:42. V. What it should be to us: 1. Understand—Eph. 5:17. . Filled—Col. 1:9. Prove—Rom. 12:2. Do—Eph. 6:5, 6. . Made perfect—Heb. 13:20, 21. . Made complete—Col. 4:12. . If the Lord will—Jas. 4:15. . Thy will be done—Matt. 6:10; Luke 11:2. Ao who CONAMAWH VI. What it promises to us: 1. Knowledge—John 7:17. 2. Fellowship—Matt. 12:50; Mark 3:35. 3. Power in prayer—1 John 5:14, 15. 4. Abiding forever—1 John 2:17. 5. The kingdom—Matt. 7:21. THE POWER OF GOD I, God is the source of all power: 1. Thine is the power—1 Chron. 29:11; Matt. e135: II. God’s power is past knowledge : 1. Who can understand His power—Job 26:14. III. God’s power exhibited in natural world: 1. Earth made by His power—Jer. 32:17. 2. Men and beasts created by His power—Jer. 2/5. 262 OvuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES 3. He ruleth by His power—Psa. 66:7. 4. He is to put down all earthly power—1 Cor. 15:24. | IV. God’s power exhibited in spiritual world: 1. Toward Christ: (1) Christ was full of God’s power—Luke 4:14 (2) Christ manifested God’s power—Acts C3) Christ has received all power in heaven and on earth—Matt. 28:18. (4) God able to do abundantly, according to His power—Eph. 3:20. 2. Toward men: (1) Power over all the power of the enemy —Luke 10:19. (2) With great power gave apostles witness —Acts 4:33. (3) Stephen was full of power—Acts 6:8. (4) Divine power hath given us all things— AM a) Ge V. We are not to be content until God’s power is ours: 1. Tarry ye until ye be endued with power—Luke 24 :49, THE GIFTS OF GOD I. What God has given to the Christian: . Christ—John 4:10; 2 Cor. 9:15. . The Holy Spirit—Acts 2:38. . Grace—Eph. 3:7. . Righteousness—Rom. 5:17. . Salvation—Eph. 2:8. . Eternal life—Rom. 6:23. Om BW DH = DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 263 THINGS WHICH HAVE PLEASED GOD I. God’s satisfaction: 1. The Son, in whom God is well pleased—Matt. ad Woe IPED 2. It pleased the Lord to bruise Jesus—Isa. 53:10. 3. It pleased the Father that in Jesus should all fullness dwell—Col. 1:19. 4, It pleased God by the foolishness of preaching to save them that believe—1 Cor. 1:21. WHAT DOES NOT AND WHAT DOES PLEASE GOD I. God capable of emotions: 1. Joy—Zeph. 3:17; Matt. 3:17. 2. Sorrow—Isa. 53:3; Acts 9:4; Eph. 4:30. II, What does not please God: 1. Sin and death—Ezek. 33:11. 2. Fleshly walk—Rom. 8:7, 8. 3. Lack of faith—Heb: 11:6. III. What does please God: 1. His people—Psa. 149:4. 2. Godly fear—Psa. 147:11. 3. Fellowship—Heb. 11:5. 4, Devoted service—Hag. 1:7, 8. 5. Praise—Psa. 69:30, 31. THE WELLS OF SCRIPTURES I. The Antitype in the New Testament: 1. Christ the well of life at Jacob’s well—John 4:5-14 II. The types of the Old Testament: 1. The well of him that liveth and seeth me—Gen. 16 :7-14. 2. The well of the oath—Gen. 21:25-33; 26:25, BY ARP 264 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES 3. The well of room—Gen. 26:20-23. 4. The well unseen—Gen. 21 :17-19. 5. The well unclosed—Gen. 29:2, 3, 7-10. 6. The well in the valley—Gen. 26:18, 19. 7. The well of the shepherds—Exod. 2:15-17. THE WATER OF LIFE I. What it is: 1. It is living—John 4:10. 2. It is abundant—John 4:14. 3. It is satisfying—John 6:35. 4. It is overflowing—John 7 :37-39. If. Hindrances to having: 1. Short supply—Gen. 21:14. 2. Eyes blind to see—Gen. 21 :17-19. III. Means of obtaining: 1. Dig by altar—Gen. 26:25, 32. 2. In the valley—Gen. 26:19; 2 Kings 3:9, 16, 17. IV. Results of securing: 1. All springs in Zion—Psa. 87:7. 2. Draw out of wells—lIsa. 12:3. 3. River of God is full—Psa. 65:9. 4. It deepens as it flows—Ezek. 47:1-5. NUMBERS I. The Scriptural significance of numbers: Lene: (1) Unity—Gen. 2:24; Deut. 6:4; Ezek. 37:17, 19; John 10:16, 30; John 17:11, 2a. Gore 62407 le Career: Pi LwOr (1) Distinction, but union and harmony— Gen. 6:19; Lev. 5:7; 16:7; Amos 3:3. DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 265 3. Three: (1) Divine perfection, in quality—Exod. Zoe weet ieev, 2 1410.8 hee Kings Pye COre 15 O72 COr lost 1 John 5:7, 8. 4. Four: (1) World-wide creation—Exod. 39:10; 1 Manges. 7 2oschzeks cloa.vOn l/ se Dan; 732-11:4; Matt: 24:31; Rev: 4:6; 7:1; 21213: 5. Five: (1) Grace—Exod. 26:3, 26-29, 37; 27:1, 18; Exod. 36:10-13, 36, 38 38°71; Num, 3:46, 47; 7:17. 6. Six: (1) Human incompletion (aiming at seven, but falling short of it)—Exod. 21:2; Oma ee Dette Seba Cli not ke Rev. 13:18. 7. Seven: (1) Divine perfection, in quantity—Gen. fio eves 26 3141629 b23715 32528 Joshua 6:4; 2 Kings 5:10; Psa. 119164 ssRevild el Pel OS el 6.220" OrIeea Set ONO tee OL Osa eles 7, 8. 8. Eight: (1) Resurrection and a new order—Gen. 17:123;Exod:s 26:25 3 Lev..25:22; John PisZore lebetvoreu «ai heta ceo, 9. Nine: (1) Ordinal perfection and grace intensified mo FOR bot le TOCR peek Kee sees ele. 34:28 Levis2/3o3> l) Kings 73245527, 397020 Chron. 4:73 Lukes? 313516417: 10. Eleven: (1) Shortage, disorganization (short of twelve)—Gen. 32:22; 37:9; Mark 16:14; Acts 1:26. 266 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES 11. Twelve: (1) Divine and human organization; founda- tion—Gen. 35:22; 49:28; Exod. 24:4; 28 :21; Lev. 24:5; Joshua 4:3; 1 Kings 4:7; 7:25; Joshua 10:20; 18:31; Matt. 10:23 19283-26533. John 11.9%) Rev. V2: Zila ek 12. Thirteen: (1) Rebellion; revolution; disintegration— Gen. 14:4; 17:25; 1 Kings 7:1. 13. Fourteen: | (1) Divine perfection, in quantity, intensified (2 x 7)—Gen. 31:41; 46:22; Num. 29 133) 1 Kings 8:69; Mattolely: 14. Fifteen: (1) Divine perfection, in quantity, multiply- ing grace (3 x 5)—Lev. 23:34; 2 Kings 20:6; 2 Chron. 25:35; Isa. 38:5. 15. Seventeen: (1) Perfection, in quantity, added to grace intensified—(10 + 7)—Gen. 7:11; 8:4. 16. Forty: (1) Probation; preparation (10 x 4)—Gen. 7:4: Exod: 16:35; 24318: 34-28% Num. 14:33, 34; Deut. 9:9, 25; 10:10; Joshua 5:6; Jonah 3:4; Matt. 4:2; es 1133 Eke 4-2: Acts 1-35 Zaza.) METALS I. The Scriptural significance of metals: 1. Iron: (1) Law; power—Num. 35:16; Deut. 4:20; 28:48; Psa. 2:9; 149:8;, Jer. 28:13; Dan. 2:33, 34, 40, 41, 42; 7:19; Amos 1 3+ Revyveee27- DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 267 2. Brass: (1) Judgment—Exod. 26:37; 27:2; 30:18; Numi le ett avo scorn atic oO) ee sole Revs bE 5: 3. Silver: (1) Purchase; redemption—Gen. 23:15, 16; PROC 0 Los elo On S241 Ft 3024, ZORRO OO Geely. yee pai | 24s: Esther 3:9, 4. Gold: (1) Royalty; glory; deity—Gen. 41:42; Ponder 20212 sol jal Oo oreo Ul OO O48 AV ene Kings O24. 0 0o. 72405. 10.2, LAS yee aChron. .9:18*)lobe22*24- Wats Os alee te ee COC Aes Matt. 2:11; Rev. 1:12, 13; 4:4; 14:14; Ziv ioe2it Y haere MONEY 1. A temptation—Luke 12:16-21. 2. A mammon of unrighteousness—Luke 16:13-15. 3. The love of, a root of evil—1 Tim. 6:9, 10. II. Admonitions concerning : . Lay not up treasures on earth—Matt. 6:19-21. . Beware of covetousness—Luke 12 :13-21. . Labor not for meat which perisheth—John 6:26, tA Make no provision for the flesh—Rom., 13:14. . Mortify covetousness—Col. 3:5, 6. . Love not the world—1 John 2:15, 16. III. Ideal Christian: 1. Seeks first the kingdom—Matt. 6:33. 2. Not anxious—Matt. 6:24, 25. 3. Contented—1 Tim. 6:6-9. 4. Knows how to abound and suffer need—Phil, 4:12, 13. 268 OuTLINE BispLe STUDIES 5. Says, The Lord is my helper—Heb. 13:5, 6. 6. Believes every need will be supplied—Phil. 4:18, 19, | IV. Examples: 1. Christ—Matt. 8:18-20; 2 Cor. 8:9. 2. Apostles—Matt. 19:27; Luke 22:36. 3. Widow—Luke 21 :1-4. 4. Peter and John—Acts 3:1-6. 5. Paul—Phil. 3:7-10; 4:12. V. Reward: 1. Treasures in heaven—Matt. 6:20. . 2. Received into everlasting habitations—Luke LOs9 AR ay LEAVEN Leaven, throughout the Scriptures, signifies that which is evil, Its typical meaning is given in Exod. 12, where its presence meant Egypt-mindedness, and its absence, Palestine-mindedness. Its antitypical meaning is the world-spirit as opposed to the heaven-spirit. Leaven, therefore, signifies the world-spirit in its many forms, and this is its meaning in the Old and New Testaments, I. The Old Testament: 1. Typical meaning: (1) Egypt-mindedness, or world-spirit— Exod. -+12:33,, 34; 399¢13:3;" Deut LO tee, 2. Doctrinal setting: (1) Not to be used with the blood—Exod. 25218; (2) Not to be used with the oil—Lev. 2:1-5, 11, (3) Not to be used with the bread—Lev. 6:14-18; 10:12, 13. (4) Not to be used with the passover—Exod. 1215..19-1356;72 23215 < Mev oe nae DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 269 (5) Not to be used with the peace-offering— evel l-13oe Re Ve (6) To be used with the first fruits (signify- ing imperfection of offerer)—Lev. 2x Amel ols. (7) To be used with an offering of thanks- giving (ironical)—Amos 4:4, 5. II. The New Testament: VI. . The leaven of the Pharisees—Matt. 16:6-12. . The leaven of Herod—Mark 8:15. . The leaven of hypocrisy—Luke 12 :1-3. . The leaven of malice—1 Cor. 5:6-8. The leaven of false teaching—Gal. 5 :1-12. . The leaven of apostasy—Matt. 13:33; Luke 13220221 AwnkwWNre JEWISH FESTIVALS . First passover : 1. In April; signified redemption—Exod. 12:1- 5 21373-10. . Firstfruits of barley: 1. In April; signified dedication—Lev. 23:9-12. . Second passover : 1. In May; signified redemption (for those not at first)—Num. 9:9-11, . Pentecost, or firstfruits : 1. In June; signified dedication—Lev. 23:17, 20; Exod. 23:19; Deut. 26:2, 10. . Feast of trumpets: 1. In October; signified completed creation— Num. 29:1-6; Lev. 23:23, 24. Day of atonement: 1. In October; signified redemption—Lev. 16:1- 34, 270 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES VII. Feast of tabernacles: 1. In October; signified deliverance from Egypt —Lev. 23:33, 34. Vill. Firstfruits of wine and oil: 1. In October ; signified dedication—Deut. 18 :34. IX. Feast of dedication: 1. In December; signified dedication—1. Mac- cabees 4:52-59; John 10:22, 23. X. Feast of Purim: 1. In March; signified deliverance from destruc- tion in Persia—Esther 3:7; 9:20-24. THE CHERUBIM (Use the Revised Version for reference) I. Both living creatures and symbols: 1. In Eden—Gen. 3:24. 2. In the tabernacle—Exod. 25:18, 19. 3. In Solomon’s temple—1 Kings 6:21, 29. 4. In the millennial temple—Ezek. 10:1-22. 5. In the heavenly temple—Rev. 4:6, 8; 5:6, 11, 14; 19:4, THE DRESS OF THE HIGH PRIEST IN THE HOLY PLACE I. The linen breeches—Exod. 28 :42. 1. No wool—Ezek. 44:17, 18. II. Coat of fine linen—Exod. 28:39. III. Girdle: 1. Explanatory passages—Isa. 22:21; 11:5; Jer. Lost] > Enh’ 6:14-'Reyo 1-13; IV. Robe of glory—Exod. 28 :31-35. 1. Golden bells, etc—Exod. 28 :33-35. DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 271 V. Ephod: 1. Blue, prophet; scarlet, priest; purple, king; gold, divine glory—Exod. 39:3. VI. Girdle of ephod—Exod. 28:8. VII. Shoulder pieces—Exod. 28 :9-12. 1, Explanatory passages—Luke 15:5; Isa. Bono: VIII. Breast plate: 1. Urim and Thummim—Exod. 28:30; Deut. 30 Oe Coro 3o0 s Cohia3. ‘TX. Mitre—Exod. 28:39. X. Golden plate—Exod. 28 :36-38. 1. Explanatory passages—Heb. 10:6, 7; John 6:38; Heb. 10:9, 10; 7 :26-28. THE KING AND HIS PEOPLE I. The King: 1. He is all good: (1) What the king did pleased all the people —2 Sam. 3:36. 2. He is all wise: (1) No matter was hid from the king—2 Same S213; 3. He is all powerful: (1) Where the word of the king is there is power—Eccles. 8:4. II. The people: 1. Their place: (1) In chambers—Song of Sol. 1:4. (2) In banqueting hall—Song of Sol. 2:4. (3) At table—2 Sam. 9:13. 272 OuTLINE BisLe STUDIES 2. Their portion: (1) A continual norton ee Kings 25 :30. 3. Their privilege: (1) Life—Prov. 16:15. (2) Spikenard—Song of Sol. 1:12. 4. Their attitude: (1) Ready—2 Sam, 15.15. 5. Their service: (1) With the king for his work—1 Chron. 4:23. (2) At the king’s hand—Neh. 11:24. (3) With the king for his defense—2 Kings 11:8. 6. Their responsibility : (1) King’s business required haste—1 Sam. Zee: 7. Their exhortation: (1) Why speak ye not word of bringing the king back?—2 Sam. 19:10. 8. Their recompense: (1) Thou shalt see the King in His beauty— Isa. 33:17. PSALM PROMISES I. A full provision: 1. Satisfying supplies: Cl) “Theeriver:ot, God". Seep ise water’ —65 :9. 2. Perpetual fruitfulness: (1) “The trees of the Lord are full of sap” —104:16. 3. Unlimited harvests : (1) “The hill of God is as the hill of Bashan” —68 :15. 4. Perfect defense: (1) “The shields of the earth belong unto God” —47 :9, If. DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 273 5. Constant victory: (1) “The chariots of God are twenty thou- sand, even thousands of angels: the Lord is among them, as in Sinai, in the holy place” —68 :17. OLD TESTAMENT MIRACLES . In Exodus—7 :10-12, 20-25; 8:5-14, 16-18, 20-24; 993-67 8-11, 722-20 3* 10212419) 21-23 12-29 430; 14:21-31; 15:23-25; 16:14-35; 17:5-7. . In Leviticus—10: 1, 2. . In Numbers—11: 1-3; 16:31-35; 17:8; 20:7-11; 21:8, 9. . In Joshua—3 :14-17; 6:6-25; 10:12-14. . In 1 Samuel—5 :3-12. . In 2 Samuel—6:7, . In 1 Kings—13 :4-6; 17:14-16, 17-24; 18 :30-38. . In 2 Kings—1:10-12; 2:7, 8, 14, 21, 22, 24; 3:16- 20; 4:2-7, 32-37, 38-41, 42-44; 5:10-14, 27; 6:5- Pelee) al S321 019-35 3220 :9-1 1 . In 2 Chronicles—26 :16-21. . In Daniel—3 :19-27 ; 6:16-23. . In Jonah—2:1-10. OLD TESTAMENT PARABLES . Jotham: 1. To Shechemites—Judges 9:7-15. Nathan: 1. To David—2 Sam. 12 :1-4. 274 OuTLINE BrsLeE STUDIES III. Woman: 1. To David—2 Sam. 14:1-11. TV. Prophet: 1. To Ahab—1 Kings 20:35-40. V. Micaiah: 1. To Ahab and Jehoshaphat—1 Kings 22 :19-23. VI. Jehoash: 1. To Amaziah—2 pene 14:9, VII. Isaiah: 1. To Israel—Isa..5:1-7. VIII. Ezekiel: 1. To Israel—Ezek. 17 :3-10; 19:2-9; 24:3-5. THE LORD’S MIRACLES A miracle is not the annihilation of any law, or the creation of any new law, but the use by God of an existing law known to Him but not to man, which is thus super- natural, and, as such, is utilized for the fulfillment of a special divine purpose. I. The first year of Christ’s ministry, A. D. 27: 1. Water into wine—John 2:1-11. 2. Nobleman’s son—John 4:46-54. II. The second year of Christ’s ministry, A. D. 28: 1. Demoniac—Mark 1:21-28; Luke 4:31-37. 2. Peter’s mother-in-law—Luke 4:38, 39. . Draught of fishes—Luke 5 :1-8. Leper—Matt. 8:1-4; Mark 1:40-45; Luke 5 :12-15. Man with palsy—Matt. 9:1-8; Mark 2:1-12; Luke 5:17-25. . Impotent man—John 5:1-16. nN TT PW 12. 13: 14. (bate 16. ily The DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 2795 . Man with withered hand—Matt. 12:10-13; Mark 3:1-5; Luke 6:6-10. . Centurion’s servant—Matt. 8:5-13; Luke 7:1- 10; John 4:46-54. . Widow’s son—Luke 7 :11-17. . Man with demon—Matt. 12:22. . Stilling of tempest—Matt. 8:18-27; Mark 4:35- 41; Luke 8:22-25. Gadarene demoniac—Matt. 8 :28-34; Mark 5:1- 20; Luke 8 :26-39. Issue of blood—Luke 8 :43-48. Jairus’ daughter—Matt. 9:18-26; Mark 5:21- 43; Luke 8 :40-56. Blind men—Matt. 9:27-31. Dumb man—Matt. 9:32, 33. third year of Christ’s ministry, A. D. 29: . Feeding of five thousand—Matt. 14:13-21; Mark 6:30-44; Luke 9:10-17; John 6:1-15. . Walking on sea—Matt. 14:22-33; Mark 6:45- 52; John 6:16-21. . Syrophoenician woman’s daughter — Matt. 15 :21-28; Mark 7:24-30. . Healing through hem of garment—Matt. 14 :34- 36; Mark 6:53-56. . Multitudes—Matt. 15 :29-31. . Feeding four thousand—Matt. 15 :32-39; Mark 8 :1-9., . Blind man—Mark 8 :22-26. . Lunatic—Matt. 17:14-21; Mark 9:14-29; Mark 9 :37-42. . Tribute money—Matt. 17 :24-27. . Ten lepers—Luke 17 :11-19. . Man born blind—John 9:1-7. fourth year of Christ’s ministry; A. D. 30: . Lazarus—John 11 :41-44. . Woman with infirmity—Luke 13:11-13. . Man with dropsy—Luke 14:1-4. 276 4, OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES Bartimeus—Mark 10:46-52. 5. Fig tree—Matt. 21:17-19. 6. A A parable is truth put in pictorial form, which thus becomes plainer to those who seek to understand, but more Malchus—Luke 22:50, 51. Draught of fishes—John 21 :1-6. THE LORD’S PARABLES obscure to those who are wilfully ignorant. I. The second year of Christ’s ministry ; A. Dee 1 n4 3 4 5 6. 7 8 9 10 . New cloth—Matt. 9:16. . New wine—Matt. 9:17. . Sower—Matt. 13 :3-8; Mark 4:3-8; Luke 8:5-8. . Tares—Matt. 13 :24-30. . Mustard seed—Matt. 13:31, 32; Mark 4:30-32; Luke 13:18, 19. Leaven—Matt. 13:33; Luke 13:20, 21. . Seed—Mark 4:26-29. . Householder—Mark 13:34. . Treasure—Matt. 13:44. . Pearl—Matt. 13:45, 46. . Drag net—Matt. 13:47, 48. II. The third year of Christ’s ministry; A. D. 29: . Two debtors—Luke 7:41, 42. . Unmerciful servant—Matt. 18 :23-34. Good Samaritan—Luke 10:30-35. . Friend at midnight—Luke 11:5-8. . Rich fool—Luke 12 :16-20. . Watching servants—Luke 12 :35-40. . Wise steward—Luke 12 :42-48. . Barren fig tree—Luke 13 :6-9. . Great supper—Luke 14:16-24. . Lost sheep—Matt. 18:12, 13; Luke 15:4-7. . Lost money—Luke 15 :8-10. . Prodigal son—Luke 15:11-32. . Unjust steward—Luke 16:1-8. . Unprofitable servants—Luke 17:7-10. DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 277 III. The fourth year of Christ’s ministry; A. D. 30: 1. Unjust judge—Luke 18 :2-5. 2. Pharisee and Publican—Luke 18:10-14. 3. Laborers in vineyard—Matt. 20:1-16. 4. Pounds—Luke 19 :12-27. 5. Two sons—Matt. 21 :28-30. 6. Wicked husbandmen—Matt. 21:33-39; Mark 12:1-9; Luke 20:9-16. 7. Marriage of king’s son—Matt. 22 :2-14. 8. Fig tree and all trees—Matt. 24:32, 33; Mark 13:28, 29; Luke 21 :29-32. 9, Ten virgins—Matt. 25:1-13. 10. Talents—Matt. 25 :14-30. 11. Sheep and goats—Matt. 25 :31-46. THE LORD’S CHIEF DISCOURSES I, The first year of Christ’s ministry; A. D. 27: 1. New birth—John 3:1-21. 2. Water of life—John 4:1-26. II. The second year of Christ’s ministry; A. D. 28: 1. Christ’s deity—John 5 :17-47. 2. Sermon on the mount—Matt. 5:1-7, 29. 3. Unpardonable sin—Matt. 12 :22-45. 4, Judgment and second coming—Luke 12:1-59. 5. To the twelve—Matt. 16:1-28. III. The third year of Christ’s ministry; A. D. 29: 1, Bread of life—John 6:22-65. 2. Spirit of child and prayer—Matt. 18 :1-22. 3. Good shepherd—John 10:1-38. IV. The fourth year of Christ’s ministry; A. D. 30: 1. Second coming and judgment—Matt. 24:1 to 25 :46. 2. Farewell—John 14:1 to 16:33. 278 OvuTLINE Brs_e STUDIES TITLES OF THE SAINTS I. Signifying their nature: . Ransomed of the Lord—Isa. 35:10. . Redeemed of the Lord—Isa. 51:11. . Disciples of Christ—John 8:31; 15:8. . Believers—Acts 5:14; 1 Tim. 4:12. . Little children—John 13:33; 1 John 2:1. . Children of God—John 11:52; 1 John 3:10. . Children of the living God—Rom. 9:26, . Children of the Father—Matt. 5:45. — . Children of the Highest—Luke 6:35. . Children of light—Luke 16:8; Eph. 5:8; 1 Thess. +5 :5, . Children of the day—1 Thess. 5:5. . Children of the kingdom—Matt. 13:38. . Sons of God—John 1:12; Phil. 2:15; 1 John lees . People of God—Heb. 4:9; 1 Pet. 2:10. . Christians—Acts 11:26; 26:28. IT. Signifying their relationship : Amn RW . Brethren—Matt. 23:8; Acts 12:17. . Brethren of Christ—Luke 8:21: ; John 20:17. . Beloved brethren—1 Cor. 15 58: ES sie . Ifoly brethren—1 Thess. 5:27; Heb. 3:1. . Friends of God—2 Chron. 20 7; Jas. 2:23. . Friends of Christ—John 15:15. III. Signifying their position: 9,2) NSIOA tn B De . Fellow citizens—Eph. 2:19. . Fellow servants—Rev. 6:11. . Servants of Christ—1 Cor. 7:22; Eph. 6:6. . Servants of righteousness—Rom. 6:18. . Freemen—1 Cor. 7 :22. . Peculiar treasure—Exod. 19:5; Psa. 135:4. . Peculiar people—Deut. 14:2; Titus 2: 14; 1 Pet. 2:9. . Holy people—Deut. 26:19; Isa. 62:12. DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 279 9. Holy nation—Exod. 19:6; 1 Pet. 2:9. 10. Holy priesthood—1 Pet. 2:5. 11. Royal priesthood—1 Pet. 2:9. 12. Pillars in the temple of God—Rev. 3:12. 13. Vessels unto honor—2 Tim. 2:21. 14. Vessels of mercy—Rom. 9:23. 15. Witnesses—Isa. 44:8; Acts 1:8. IV. Signifying their prospect: 1. Heirs of God—Rom. 8:17; Gal. 4:7. 2. Joint heirs with Christ—Rom. 8:17. 3. Heirs of promise—Heb. 6:17; Gal. 3:29. 4. Heirs of salvation—Heb. 1:14. 5. Heirs of the kingdom—Jas. 2:5. TYPES OF CHRISTIANS I. A Christian is like: Es farm = (1) Type of submissiveness—1 Cor. 3:9. 2. A garden: (1) Type of beauty—Song of Sol. 4:12-16. yeUoe ed (1) Type of humility—John 12:24. 4. Wheat: (1) Type of fruitfulness—Matt. 13:37, 38. ACTOSe* (1) Type of sweetness—Song of Sol. 2:1. 6. A lily: (1) Type of purity—Song of Sol. 2:1. 7. A tree: (1) Type of strength—Psa. 1:3. TYPES OF CHRISTIANS I. Things not having life: 1. Coin—Luke 15:8-10. 2. Vessel—2 Tim. 2:19-21. 3. Salt—Matt. 5:13. 4. Light—Matt. 5 :14-16, 280 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES II. Things having life: 1. Wheat—Matt. 13:3, 4; John 12:24; Mark 4:26- 28; Matt. 13:30. . Branches—John 15:1-8. Sheep—Isa. 53:6; Luke 15:4-7. Son—Luke 15:11-32; John 1:12. Bond-servant—2 Tim. 2:24. . Soldier—2 Tim. 2:3, 4; Eph. 6: 10-17. . Runner—1 Cor. 9:24- 27, . Virgin-bride—2 Cor. 11:2; Rev. 14:4. . Wife—Rev. 19:6, 7. | TYPES OF CHRISTIANS Iba Bena bye’ I. A spiritual decrease: A son; be strong—Verse 1. A soldier; endure hardness—Verses 3, 4. A wrestler; strive—Verse 5 A husbandman; fruit—Verse 6. A workman; rightly dividing—Verse 15. A vessel; unto honor—Verses 20, 21. A servant; gentle—Verses 24, 25. WON DAUBWH he ee cei hehe CHRIST’S NAMES FOR HIS FOLLOWERS I. These names express both relationship and endear- ment: 1. ae pee or lambkins (Greek)—John PA NEN Gof 2. Lambs—Luke 10:3. 3. Sheep—John 10:27. 4. Little flock—Luke 12:32. 5. Flock—Matt. 26:31; John 10:16, R. V. 6. Little children—John 13:33. 7. Children—Mark 10:24; John 21:5. 8. Disciples—Luke 22:11; : John 8 :31;,13:35; 15:8. 9. Servants—Matt. 10: 24, 25; John 12:26; 13:16. 10. Friends—John 15:15. DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 281 CHILD LIFE I. Characteristics of little children: . Cry, Abba, Father—Rom. 8:15; Gal. 4:6. . Receive fondling—Mark 10:14-16. . Learn to follow—Eph. 5:1. . Love the light and fear the dark—1 Thess. 5:5. . Do not fall—1 John 2:1. GOD’S LITTLE ONES I, Their special blessings : 1. They only enter the kingdom—Matt. 18:3; Mark 10:15; Luke 18:17. . They are invited—Mark 10:13, 14. . They are accepted—Luke 9:47, 48. . They are embosomed—Mark 9:36. . They are blessed—Mark 10:16. . They are in fellowship—Matt. 18:5, 6; Mark O37; . They become the object lessons of the family— Matt. 18:2-4; Luke 9:47, 48. THE CHILDREN OF LIGHT I. The source of their light: 1. Christ—John 1:4. II. The means of receiving light: 1. Look unto Him—Psa. 34:5. III. The way to abide in the light: 1. Follow Him—John 8:12. IV. The result of walking in the light: Ly pe eNaue with the Father and the Son—1 John V. The promise for the children of light: i ee shall no more be thy light—Isa. 60:19 tn Bf QD NN AwMp WHO 2. No’evil shall overtake—1 Thess. 5:4; 5. 282 OuTLINE BisLe STUDIES THE TONGUE I. By nature, it is: i: vt 3. Deceitful—Psa. 55:21. A world of iniquity—Jas. 3:6. Untamable—Jas. 3:7, 8. II. Wrongly used in: OMNAUBRWNE . Much talking—Prov. 10:19; Prov. 29: 1s . Idle talking—2 Tim. 2:16. Tale-bearing—Prov. 18:8. . Speaking evil of neighbors—Jas. 4:11. False witnessing—Prov. 25:18. Filthy communication—Col. 3:8. . Murmuring—1 Cor. 10:10. . Lying—Psa. 34:13; Col. 3:9. . Swearing—Matt. 5:34; Jas. 5:12. Ill. Rightly used in: LORNA AWN > . Confessing sin—Job 33 :27, 28. . Prayer to God—1 Thess. 5:17. . Praising God—Eph. 5:19; Rev. 19:5. . Speaking of Word—Deut. 6:6-9. Preaching Word—Mark 16:15; 2 Tim. 4:2. Rebuking sin—1 Tim. 5:20. Convincing gainsayers—Titus 1:9. . Edifying saints—Matt. 28:20; Eph. 4:29. Communing with saints—Mal. 3:16. QUESTIONS ASKED BY GOD I. In the Old Testament: (1) ““Where art thou?”—Gen. 3:9. (1) “Why art thou wroth?’—Gen. 4:6. (2) “Where is Abel thy brother ?’—Gen. 4:9, (3) “What hast thou done?”—Gen. 4:10. 10. DervoTIONAL SUBJECTS 283 . Hagar: (1) “Whence camest thou? and whither wilt thou go?”—Gen. 16:7, 8. . Abraham: (1) “Wherefore did Sarah laugh?’—Gen. L243; (2) “Is anything too hard for the Lord ?”— Gen. 18:14. Jacob: (1) “Wherefore is it that thou dost ask after my name ?’—Gen. 32:29. . Moses: (1) “What is that in thine hand ?”—Exod, 4:2 (2) “Who hath made man’s mouth ?”—Exod. 4:11. (3) “Is the Lord’s hand waxed short ?”— Niittel co: . Manoah: (1) “Why askest thou thus after my name, seeing it is secret (wonderful) ?”— Judges 13:18. . Elijah: (1) “What doest thou here, Elijah?’—1 Kings 19:9, 13. j)0D3 (1) “Who is this that darkeneth counsel by words without knowledge?” — Job Steet: (2) “Where wast thou when I laid the foun- dations of the earth?”—Job 38:4. (3) “Shall he that contendeth with the AlI- mighty instruct him?”—Job 40:2. (4) “Hast thou an arm like God? or canst thou thunder with a voice like him ?”— Job 40:9. (1) “Whom shall I send, and who will go for us ?”’—Isa. 6:8. 284 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES 11. Jonah: 12 (1) “Doest thou well to be angry ?’—Jonah 4 34, Malachi: (1) “Will a man rob God?”—Mal. 3:8. II. In the New Testament: 1. STOO SUE = co NS “Why are ye fearful, O ye of little faith?”— Matt. 8:26. . “O thou of little faith, wherefore didst thou doubt ?’—Matt. 14:31. . “Whom say ye that | am?’—Matt. 16:15. “What will ye that I shall do unto you ?”—Matt. 20:32; Luke 18:41. “How is it that ye do not understand ?’—Matt. 1Se5 lS 16 Var kess 2 I . “When I sent you without purse, and script, and shoes, lacked ye anything ?’—Luke 22:35. . “What manner of communications are these that ye have one to another, as ye walk, and are sad ?”—Luke 24:17. 8. “Wilt thou be made whole ?”—John 5:6. a" © oO Sh Es i fp 13. 14. . “Will ye also go away ?”—John 6:67. . “Dost thou believe on the Son of God ?’”—John Wedo: “Have I been so long time with you, and yet hast thou not known me ?”’—John 14:9. “Believest thou not that I am in the Father and, the Father in me?’—John 14:10. “Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me more than these ?”—John 21:15, 16, 17. “Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me?”’—Acts QUESTIONS ASKED BY MEN I, In the Old Testament : 1. Cain: “Am I my brother’s keeper ?”’—Gen. 4:9. 2. Abraham: “Shall not the Judge of all the earth do right ?”’—Gen. 18:25. DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 285 3. Lot: “Let me escape thither (is it not a little one?)’’—Gen. 19:20. . Jacob: “Tell me, I pray thee, thy name ?”—Gen. pA . Joshua: “Art thou for us, or for our ad- versaries ?’—Joshua 5:13. . Solomon: “Will God indeed dwell on the earth?”—1 Kings 8:27. David: “What is man, that thou art mindful of him? and the son of man, that thou visitest him ?”—Psa. 8:4. “How long wilt thou forget me, O Lord? for ever? how long wilt thou hide thy face from me?’—Psa. 13:1; 89:46. . Habakkuk: “O Lord, how long shall I cry, and thou wilt not hear ?’—Hab. 1:2. NY eeu) ot we) IT. In the New Testament: 1. Rich young man: “What shall I do to inherit eternal life ?”—Luke 18:18. 2. Jailer: “What must I do to be saved ?”—Acts 16:30. 3. Paul: “Who art thou, Lord?”—Acts 9:5. “Lord, what wilt thou have me to do?”— Acts 9:6. 4. Saints in glory: “How long, O Lord ?”’—Rev. oranges SOME PERTINENT WHYS 1. God speaking to man: 1. “Why art thou wroth? and why is thy counte- nance fallen?”—Gen. 4:6. 2. “Why have ye done this ?’—Judges 2:2. 3. “Why askest thou thus after my name?’— Judges 13:18. 4, “Why transgress ye the commandments of the Lord, that ye cannot prosper?’—2 Chron. 24 :20. woe est 10. 11. es Ike 14, LS: Ste O00 a NT ORF ce CFE OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES . “Why do the heathen rage, and the people imagine a vain thing?’—Psa. 2:1. “Why gaddest thou about so much ?”—Jer. 2:36. . “Why afl ye die, O house of Isracir’ —Ezek. Sours | “Why take ye thought for raiment?’”—Matt. 6:28. . “Why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother’s eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye?’—Matt. 7:3. “Why are ye fearful, O ye of little faith?’— Matt. 8:20. “Why reason ye among yourselves ?’—Matt. “Why tempt ye me?”—Mark 12:15. “Why call ye me Lord, Lord, and do not the things which I say?’ Luke 6:46. “Why are ye troubled ?”—Luke 24:38. “Why do ye not believe me?’—John 8:46. SOME IMPERTINENT WHYS I, Man speaking to God: . “Why is it that thou hast sent me?’—Exod. See: . “Why doth thy wrath wax hot?”—Exod. 32:11. . “Why then is all this befallen us?’—Judges Oats: . “Why died I not from the womb ?”—Job 3:11, LA . “Why hast thou set me as a mark against thee, so that Iam a burden to myself ?”—Job 7:20. “Why dost thou not pardon my transgression, and take away mine iniquity ?”—Job 7:21. . “Why standest thou afar off, O Lord? why. hidest thou thyself in times of trouble?” — Psa el . “Why hast thou forgotten me?’—Psa. 42:9. . “Why dost thou cast me off ?”—Psa. 43:2. . “Why sleepest thou, O Lord?”’—Psa. 44:23. DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 287 HOUSES I. Use of in the days of Christ: 1. Matthew’s—Luke 5 :27-29. 2. Peter’s—Matt. 8:14, 15; Mark 1:29; Luke 4:38. 3. Blind man’s—Mark 8 :22-26. 4. Possessed man’s—Luke 8 :37-39. 5. Unconverted men’s—Mark 2:1-4, 14, 15; 7:24; 9:28; Luke 4:38, 39. 6. Disciples—Luke 10;38-42, IL Use of in the days of the apostles: 1. Disciples—Acts 2:46; 5:42; 9:38, 43; 12:12, is: 2. Simon’s—Acts 9:43; 10:6, 7, 17, 22, 23. 3. Various saints: (1) Lydia’s—Acts 16:14, 15, 40. (2) Aquila’s and Priscilla’s—Acts 18:1-3, 7. (3) Justus’-—Acts 18:7. (4) Unknown saints’—Acts 20:7, 8, 11. (5) Philip’s—Acts 21:8, 9. (6) Paul’s—Acts 28:30. (7) Philemon’s—Philem. 22. III. Use of in eternity: 1. The Father’s—John 14:2, THE PRISONS OF THE LORD I. Place of fellowship and blessing : 1. Joseph—Gen. 39 :20-23. II. Place of revelation and power: 1. Jeremiah—Jer. 33:1-3. III, Place of prayer and praise: 1. Paul and Silas—Acts 16:22, 25. IV. Place of visitation and deliverance: 1. Peter—Acts 12:3-10. 288 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES WHAT WE HAVE I. Our possessions: —a—} If the face be! ete a ye Ona LN Ort mle ety Mee . We have our being (in God)—Acts 17: :28. “We have an altar’—Heb. 13:10. “We have a great high eae Cree 4:14; 8:1. “We have an advocate’’—1 John 2:1. “Ye have an unction from the Holy One’—i John 2:20. “We have the mind of Christ”—1 Cor. 2:16. “We .. . have knowledge’—1 Cor. 8:1. us tee the petitions that we desired’ —1 John i ks) “We have... =. -a-more “sure “word ‘of prophecy”—2 Pet. 1:19. | “We have (hope) as an anchor”—Heb. 6:19. . “We have . . . an house not made with hands’—2 Cor, 5:1. THE FEET OF JESUS feet of Christ are so glorious, what must His 1. The prophecy: te jap How beautiful . . . the feet—Isa. 52:7. His feet like polished brass—Dan. 10:6, II. On earth: CONAMAWNHH . Went about doing good—Acts 10:38. . The sinful woman; forgiveness—Luke 7 :38, 44. The maniac; healing—Luke 8:26-35. . Jairus; prayer answered—Mark 5 :22-24, 35-42. Syrophenician woman; favor—Mark 7 :25-30. . Mary; fellowship—Luke 10:38-42. Women; worship—Matt. 28 :9. . Pierced; love’s proof—Luke 24:39. oe DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 289 III. In heaven: L; yor a. All things under His feet—Eph. 1:22. Like fine brass—Rev. 1:15. John fell as dead—Rev, 1:17. IV. The future: L fh His feet to stand on Olivet—Zech. 14:4. All His enemies to be the footstool of His feet —Acts 2:34, 35; 1 Cor. 15:25; Heb. 10:12, 13; MOUNTAIN TOP EXPERIENCES I. In the Old Testament: . The place of safety and assurance—Gen. 8:4, 5. The place of worship and blessing—Gen, 8 :20- 2a, . The place of testing and provision—Gen. 22:1, 2, 10-14. . The place of union and communion—Exod. 24:12-18; Deut. 5:4. The place of revelation and direction—Exod. 25 :40. . The place of victory and decision—1 Kings 18 :19-21. . The place of heart searching and strengthening —1l1 Kings 19:8-15. . The place of restoration and _ benediction— Micah 4:6-7. Ts ‘In the New Testament: ONO AG Ne . The place of temptation—Matt. 4:8, 9. The place of communion—Matt. 14:22, 23; Luke 6:12. . The place of retirement—John 6:15. The place of healing—Matt, 15 :29-31. The place of rich supplies—John 6:3-13. The place of teaching—Matt. 5:1, 2. The place of revelation—Mark 9:2-4. The place of rewarding—Rev. 14:1-5. 290 OvuTLINE BisLe STUDIES LENDING TO THE LORD I. An Old Testament loan: BS Hannah—1 Sam. 1:27, 28. II. Some New Testament loans: NOU BWDP . A lad, his luncheon—John 6:8, 9. A poor man, a penny—Mark 12:15. A rich man, his water pots—John 2 :3-6. . A middle-class man, his ass and colt—Mark 11 :2-7. Peter, his house—Matt. 8 :14-16. A disciple, his upper room—Matt. 26:17-18. Joseph, his tomb—Matt. 27 :57-60. LITTLE THINGS MADE BIG I. Some little things which God made big: N AUB WDY . Moses’ rod—Exod. 4:1-5; 14:15, 16, 21, 26, 27. . Aaron’s rod—Exod. 7:19, 20; Num. 17:2, 8. . Joshua’s ram horns—Joshua 6:4, 6, 8, 9, 13, 16. . Gideon’s earthen pitchers—Judges 7:16, 19, 20. . Samson’s jaw-bone of an ass—Judges 15 :14-19. . David’s sling and five stones—1 Sam. 17:40, 49, 50 . The lad’s bread and fishes—John 6:8-14. PREPAREDNESS FOR SOUL-SAVING Key verse: 1 Tim. 4:16 I. Take heed to sound doctrine—1 Tim. 4:16. 1. ze 3. Men are lost—Rom. 5:12. Lift up Christ on cross—John 12:32. Preach the Word—Titus 1:9. If. Take heed to self—1 Tim. 4:16. 1. Purity—1 Pet. 2:12, 15. nb Wh . Humility—1 Pet. 5:5, 6; 2 Tim. 2:25; Gal. 621. . Patience—2 Tim. 2:24 . Love—1 Cor. 13:2, 3. . Prayer—1 Tim. 2:1-4. DEVOTIONAL. SUBJECTS 291 FRUIT-BEARING Key verse: John 15:16 I. God seeks for fruit: 1. We are His garden—Song of Sol. 4:12-15. 2. Weare His vine-branches—John 15:5. 3. Christ comes to seek fruit—Song of Sol. 6:11. IJ. The condition of fruit-bearing: 1. Planted in good ground—Mark 4:8. 2. Death to selfi—Hos. 10:1; John 12:24. 3. Increase from God—1 Cor. 3:6. 4. By heavenly nourishing—Ezek. 47:12. 5. In due order and proportion—Mark 4:28. fii. The result of fulfilling the conditions: . Fruit—John 15:4. . More fruit—John 15:2. . Much fruit—John 15:5. . Fruit that remains—John 15:16. . I'ruit in season—Psa. 3. . New fruit and perpetual fruit—Ezek. 47:12. O\ in f Go DO IV. The prayer of the fruit-bearer: 1. Come wind, blow!—Song of Sol. 4:16. OUR “WALK” IN EPHESIANS I. How we did walk: 1. In trespasses and sins—2:1, 2. Il. How we are to walk: . In good works—2 :10. . With meekness—4 :1-3. . Not in vanity—4:17, 18. . In love—5:1, 2. . In light—5 38. . Redeeming the time—5:15, 16. AwmRWhOe fa Ps OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES THINGS OF WHICH PAUL WOULD NOT HAVE US IGNORANT I. God’s sovereignty : vie CLES IV. aval: 1. “That oftentimes I purposed to come unto you, but was let hitherto”—Rom. 1:13. God’s requirement: 1. “That we were pressed out of measure, above strength, insomuch that we despaired even of life”—2 Cor. 1:8. God’s guidance: 1. “That all our fathers were under the cloud, and all passed through the sea’”—1 Cor. 10:1. God’s power: 1. “Concerning spiritual gifts” (word of wisdom, word of knowledge, faith, healing, miracles, prophecy, discerning of spirits, tongues, inter- pretation)—1 Cor. 12:1. . God’s grace: 1. “That blindness in part has happened to Israel, until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in” —Rom. 11:25. God’s love: 1. “Concerning them which are asleep, that ye sor- row not, even as others which have no hope” —1 Thess. 4:13. WOMAN’S POSITION AND PLACE . From the standpoint of creation: 1. Not created first, but second—Gen. 1:26, 27; Matt. 19:4; 1: Tim. 2:12, 13. 2. Not created out of the dust, but out of man— Gen, 2:7;121-23. DrEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 293 3. Made to be a helpmeet to man—Gen. 2:18. 4. Man made the head of the woman—Gen. 2:22; Goris phe oe23: Il. The example of the women of old: 1. Sarah called Abraham lord—Gen. 18:12; 1 Pet. 3:6. 2. Rebekah veiled her face before Isaac—Gen. 24 :63-67. 3. Rachel appealed to Jacob to take away her re- proach—Gen. 30:1, 22, 23. 4. Miriam, though not Aaron, was made a leper for speaking against Moses—Num, 12:1-15. 5. No woman could be a priest in Israel—Gen. 14:18; Exod. 29:29, 30; Heb. 5:1. 6. Women were forbidden to wear men’s dress— Deut. 22:5. 7. Women of old were in subjection to their hus- bands—1 Pet. 3:5. Ill. Her place by divine appointment: 1. To be a wife—Gen. 2:21-24; Matt. 19:5, 6; Mark 10:7-9; Eph. 5:31. 2. To be a mother of children—Gen. 3:16; 1 Tim. 21585314) | 3. To bea ministrant of the household—Gen. 2:18; Gor ble810e le bimneo sh; 4. To be modest, as an evidence of their position, in dress and apparel—1 Tim, 2:9, 10; 1 Pet. 3 :3-5. 5. Not to usurp authority equal to or over man, but to submit to them—1 Cor. 11:3; Eph. 5-22-24 Cole 3218. 6. Permitted to pray and prophesy in assemblies, but with the head covered in sign of their subjection to men; otherwise to keep silence —1 Cor. 11:1-10; 14:34; 1 Tim. 2:11-13. 294 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES IV. To be honored and protected: un WN . Man’s helpmeet—Gen. 2:18; 1 Cor. 11:9. . Man’s glory—1 Cor. 11:7. To be considered—Eph. 5:21; 1 Pet. 3:7. . To be loved—Eph. 5:25, 28; Col. 3:19. . To be honored—1 Cor. 11:11, 12; Gal. 3:28; LePetis 3/1 V. The ideal woman and wife: . The virtuous woman—Prov. 31:10-31. WOMEN OF FAITH notable women of the Old Testament: 1. Eve—Gen. 3:20, 21. Sarah—Gen. 21 :1-6; Heb. 11:11, 12. . Rebekah—Gen. 24: 57, 58: 25 -20- oe (27 6-29. . Moses’ mother—Exod. 2: 1. 10. . Miriam—Exod. 15:20, 21. Rahab—Joshua 2:1-7: O22 2a: . Achsah—Joshua 15 :16-19. . Deborah—Judges 4:4-9; 5:1-31. . Jael—Judges 4:18-24. . Manoah’s wife—Judges 13:1-25. . Naomi—Ruth 2:1, 2, 19, 20; 3:1-5, 16-18. . Ruth—Ruth 2:1-23; 3:6-15. . Hannah—1 Sam. 1:1-28. . Abigail—1 Sam. 25 :1-42. . Queen of Sheba—1 Kings 10:1-10. . Widow of Zarephath—1 Kings 17 :8-16. . Wife of prophet—2 Kings 4:1-7. . A great woman—2 Kings 4:8-37. . Esther—Esther 5:1-8; 7:5, 6. notable women of the New Testament: . Elisabeth—Luke 1:5-25, 41-45. Mary: (1) At birth—Luke 1:26-38, 46-55. (2) At wedding—John 2:1-5. (3) At cross—John 19:25-27, SOS CONT OV ae it aba OAS — DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 295 . Woman with issue of blood—Matt. 9:20-22; Mark 5:25-34; Luke 8 :43-48. . Syrophenician woman—Matt. 15:21-28; Mark 7 24-30. . Mary Magdalene—Matt. 27:56, 61; Mark 15:40; 16:1; Luke 24:10; John 19:25. . Tabitha (Dorcas)—Acts 9:36. . Lydia . Priscilla—Acts 18:2, 26; Rom. 16:3; 2 Tim. Acts 16:14, 15. 4:19, . Elect lady—2 John 1-4. . Other women—Matt. 27:55; Luke 24:22; Acts 1:14; 17:4; Phil. 4:3. WOMAN’S FAITH AND LOVE faith: . Mary—Luke 1:26-38; John 2:1-5. . Syrophenician woman—Matt. 15:21-28; Mark 7 :24-30. . Diseased woman—Luke 8 :43-48. . Mary Magdalene—Matt. 28 :1-8. love: . Anna—Luke 2 :36-38. Mary, Joanna, etc.—Luke 8 :1-3. Martha and Mary—Luke 10:38-42. . Samaritan woman—John 4:29, 39-41. . Women anoint—Matt. 26:6-13; Luke 7 :36-50. . Mary anoints—John 12:1-8. . Women follow—Luke 23:27. Draw near and watch at cross—Matt. 27:55; John 19:25-27. . Follow to sepulcher—Luke 23:55. . Watch beside tomb—Matt. 27:61. sring spices—Mark 16:1. . Mary knows voice—Mark 16:9; John 20:16. . Fall and worship—Matt. 28 :9. 296 OuTLINE BisBLe STUDIES THE BRIDES OF SCRIPTURE I. The types: . Eve—Gen. 2:21-24. . Sarah—Gen. 17715-19; 2121-3. . Rebekah—Gen. 24:1-67. . Asenath—Gen. 41:45, 50. . Zipporah—Exod. 2 :16-22. . Ruth—Ruth 4:6-17. . Bathsheba—2 Sam. 11:26, 27; 12:24. Il. The anti-type:.- 1. The church—2 Cor. 11:2; Eph. 5:22-29, 33; Rev. 21:9. ND U1 & G DQ MEN WHO DARED I. In the Old Testament: 1. Adam: (1) His faith—Gen. 3:17-20. 2. Noah: (1) His obedience—Gen. 7:1-7; 8:15-20. 3. Abraham: (1) His dedication—Gen. 12:1-5. (2) His consecration—Gen. 13 :14-18. (3) His sacrifice—Gen. 22:1-10. 4. Jacob: (1) His courage—Gen. 32 :28-29. 5. Joseph: (1) His bond-service—Gen. 39:1-6. (2) His temptation—Gen. 39:7-23. (3) His magnanimity—Gen. 50:15-21. 6. Moses: (1) His loyalty—Exod. 2:11-15. (2) His obedience—Exod. 3:11-22; 4: 10-23. (3) His boldness—Exod. 5:1-4; 11: 10. (4) His resolution—Exod. 32 25-29, (5) His self-abnegation—Exod. 32:30-35. DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 297 7. Joshua: (1) His courage—Joshua 5:13-15. (2) His faith—Joshua 6:1-16. (3) His valor—Joshua 8:1-29. (4) His steadfastness—Joshua 10:6-14. 8. Gideon: (1) His willingness—Judges 6:11-24. (2) His prowess—Judges 7 :1-23. 9, Samson: (1) His strength—Judges 15:9-17; 16:1-3. (2) His self-denial—Judges 16:21-30. 10. Jonathan: (1) His devotion—1 Sam. 14:1-23. (2) His self-abnegation—1 Sam. 20:1-42. 11. David: (1) His valor—1 Sam. 17:1-27, 32-51. (2) His forgiveness—1 Sam. 24:1-22. (3) His magnanimity—2 Sam. 9:1-13. (4) His open confession—2 Sam. 12:15-23; saver 12. David’s mighty men: (1) Their prowess—2 Sam. 23 :8-39. 13. Solomon : (1) His choice—1 Kings 3:5-15. 14. Elijah: (1) His daring—1 Kings 18:17-40. VS.2Elisha : (1) His faith-persistency—2 Kings 2:1-15. 16. Josiah: 3 (1) His devotion—2 Kings 23:1-28. 17. Nehemiah: (1) His humility—Neh. 1:4-11. (2) His dedication—Neh. 2:1-20. 18. Jeremiah: (1) His bravery—Jer. 11:1-5. 19, Daniel: (1) His fortitude—Dan. 1:3-16. (2) His faith—Dan. 6:10-23. 298 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES II. In the New Testament: 1. John the Baptist : (1) His self-denial—Luke 3:1-17; John 1 :19-27. : 2. The centurion: (1) His faith—Matt. 8:5-13. 3. wetenz (1) His doing—Matt. 14 :22-29. (2) His confession—Matt. 16:13-18. (3) His testimony—Acts 2:14-36; 4:5-12. 4. Stephen: (1) His witnessing—Acts 7 :1-60. (1) His boldness—Acts 13 :44-47. (2) His daring—Acts 19:21-30. (3) His testimony—Acts 26:1-29.. (4) His calmness—Acts 27 :9-25. (5) His devotion—2 Tim. 4:6-8. PAUL’S AMBITIONS The words, “study,” “labour,” and “strive,” mean, literally, to be ambitious. I. Paul was ambitious: 1. To be quiet—1 Thess. 4:11. 2. To be well pleasing to God—2 Cor. 5:9, R. V. 3. To preach in the regions beyond—Rom. 15:20. PAUL’S SELF-ESTIMATE I. Paul’s spiritual decrease: 1. “Not a whit behind the very chiefest apostles” — Z, Corres: 2. “I am the least of the apostles”—1 Cor. 15:9. 3. “Less than the least of all saints’”——Eph. 3:8. 4. “Sinners; of whom I am chief”—1 Tim. 1:15. DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 299 THE OLD PETER AND THE NEW I. Before Pentecost; the old Peter: . Fearful—Matt. 14:28-31. . Impetuous—Matt. 17:4. . Unbalanced—John 13:5-10. . Self-confident—Matt. 26:33-35. . Faint-hearted—Matt. 26:58. . Untrue—Matt. 26 :69-74. II. After Pentecost; the new Peter: CN tn t. Go DD r= . Bold before men—Acts 2:14, 22, 23. . Faithful to Christ—Acts 4:1-3, 8, 10. . Obedient to God—Acts 4:19, 20; 5:17-21. . Powerful in word and deed—Acts 2:14, 37-41; 3:1-7; 5:1-10. . Ready to suffer—Acts 4:3; 5:17, 18, 40, 41. . Ready to die—John 21:18, 19; 2 Pet. 1:14. THE TEMPLE OF GOD types: . Abel’s temple—Gen. 4:1-8. 2. Noah’s temple—Gen. 8 :20-22. NO. ww II. The FE es of . Moses’ tabernacle—Exod. 25:27, 40; Heb. 9:1- 14, . Solomon’s temple—1 Kings 6:7, 8. . Ezra’s temple—Ezra 3:1-13; Hag. 1:1-15. . Herod’s temple—Matt. 21 :12-16; 24:1, 2. . Ezekiel’s temple (millennial )}—Ezek. 40-46. anti-types : Christ—John 2:19-22. The church—1 Cor. 3:16, 17; 6:19; 2 Cor. 6:16; 1 Pet: 2:1-9, Heaven—Heb. 9:8-12; Rev. 11:19; 15:5-8; 21 :22-27. 300 OvuTLINE BrsLe Stuptes OUR ATTITUDE I. How we should look: 1. Not in, but out—1 John 3:20, 21. (1) Tllustration ; Elijah—1 Kings 19: ie 15. 2. Not on, but off—Heb. 12: 1-2 -( Greek); (1) Tllustration : Peter—Luke 22 :54-62, 3. Not down, but up—Heb. 12 :3-9. (1) Illustration ; Peter—Matt. 14:28-31. 4. Not round, but on—2 Pet. 3:10-14. (1) Tilustration ; Peter—Acts 2:14-21. 5. Not back, but forward—Phil. 3:13, 14; Titus 2:11-13. (1) Illustration; Paul—Acts 20:17-24. . Not near, but far—2 Pet. 1:9. (1) Illustration; Paul—2 Tim. 4:16-18. 7. Not at time, but eternity—2 Cor. 4:17, 18. (1) Illustration; Paul—Acts 21 :10-13. Nn WAITING ON AND FOR GOD I. Waiting on God: 1. Exhortation: (1) Wait, be of good courage—Psa, 27:14. (2) Wait only upon God—Psa. 62:5. 2. Promises: (1) Wait, He shall save—Prov. 20:22. (2) Wait, renew strength—Isa. 40:31. (3) Wait, shall inherit—Psa. 37 :9. 3. Declarations: (1) On Thee do I wait—Psa. 25:5. (2) Our eyes wait—Psa. 23:2. (3) We will wait—Jer. 14:22. II. Waiting for God: 1. Exhortation: (1) Wait patiently—Psa. 37:7. (2) Wait quietly—Lam. 3:26. DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 301 en ees 2. Promises: (1) Blessed all who wait—Isa. 30:18. (2) Wait, not ashamed—Isa. 49:23. (3) Lord is good to those who wait—Lam. Sees 3. Declarations: (1) I will wait—Mic. 7:7. (2) I waited, He heard—Psa. 40:1, margin. LOOKING I. How we should look: 1. Not backward—Gen. 19:17, 26; Luke 9:62. 2. Forward—Prov. 4:25. 3. Upward—Job 35:5; Heb. 12:2. II. What we should look at: 1. The Lord—Mic. 7:7. The Rock—Isa. 51:1. . The Lamb—John 1:36. . Jesus—Heb. 12:2. . Christ—Titus 2:13. . Day of God—2 Pet. 3:12-14. Nor Wo SEEING GOD I. The longing of the soul: 1. We would see Jesus—John 12:21. Il. It is promised: 1. Pure in heart shall see God—Matt. 5:8. III. It has been realized: 1. Job, as creator—Job 42:5. 2. Isaiah, as king—Isa. 6:5. 3. Paul, as head of church—Acts 26:12-15. 4, John, as glorified Son of Man, Son of God— Rev. 1:12-16. 302 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES IV. The result: . Vision of self—Job 42:6. . Cleansing—Isa. 6:6, 7. . Obedience—Acts 26:9, 19. . Life abundant—Rev. 1:17-20. . Illumination—Psa. 34:5, R. V.; Exod. 34:29, 30; Acts 6:15. . Like Jesus—1 John 3:2. OO MNBWHe THE HEAVENS OPENED I. In blessing: 1. Upon Christ (to seal)—Luke 3:21, 22, 2. Upon Peter (to teach)—Acts 10:11, 12. 3. Upon Stephen (to pgsuene met 7: 55, 56. II. In revelation: 1. For vision of God—Ezek. 1:1. 2. For visions of things to be—Rev. 4:1. 3. For vision of coming Christ—Rev. 19:11. III. In judgment: 1. At the flood—Gen. 7:11. 2. At the appearing of Christ—Rev. 19:11-16. 3. At the white throne—Rev. 20:11-15. THE BENEDICTIONS OF GOD I. Defined: 1. All already are blessed, with all spiritual bless- ings, in Christ, and in heavenly places—Eph. $33; II. Described: 1. “Grace be with thee”—1 Tim. 6:21; Col. 4:18; 2 Tim. 4:22. : a Soe be with you all’—Titus 3:15; Heb. KG EP 3. “The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you’—Rom. 16:20; 1 Cor. 16:23; 1 Thess. Dero. «rn 00 10. DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 303 . “The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all”’—Rom. 16:24; Phil. 4:23; 2 Thess. Oe loeanevecses Le . “The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit” —Gal. 6:18; Philem. 25. . “Grace be with all them that love our Lord Jesus Christ in sincerity’—Eph. 6:24. . “The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God, and the communion of the Holy Ghost, be with you all”—2 Cor. 13:14. . “Peace be with you all that are in Christ Jesus” —1 Pet. 5:14. . “Now the God of peace, that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus, that great shepherd of the sheep, through the blood of the ever- lasting covenant, make you perfect in every good work to do his will, working in you that which is well-pleasing in his sight, through Jesus Christ; to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen”—Heb. 13:20, 21. “The Lord bless thee, and keep thee; the Lord make his face shine upon thee, and be gracious unto thee; the Lord lift up his coun- tenance upon thee, and give thee peace’— Num. 6:24-26. THE THRONES OF GOD I. They are called: eS re Se Seale The throne of God—Heb. 12:1. . The throne of God and the Lamb—Rev. 22:3. The Father’s throne—Rev. 3:21. The throne of Son of Man’s glory—Matt. 25:31. The throne of God’s holiness—Psa. 47 :8. The throne of God’s majesty—Heb. 8:1. The throne of judgment—Psa. 9:7. The great white throne—Rev. 20:11. The throne of grace—Heb. 4:16. (The only one of which it is said that we may appear before it boldly.) 304 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES CROWNS Key verse: Rev. 3:11 I. Christ wore a crown of thorns for the saints: 1. They platted a crown of thorns—John 19:2, 5; Matt. 27 :29. II. The saints are crowned, but not with thorns: 1. A crown of life—Rev. 2:10. 2. A crown of righteousness—2 Tim. 4:7, 8. 3. A crown of rejoicing—1 Thess. 2:19, 20. 4. A crown of glory—1 Pet. 5:4. 5. A crown of gold—Rev. 4:4. III. Christ bought all and deserves all: 1. They cast their crowns at His feet—Rev. 4:10, 11 2. On His head a golden crown—Rev. 14:14. 3. On His head were many crowns—Rev. 19:11, 12. FIRST FRUITS AND HARVEST I. The firstfruits: 1. Firstfruits in type—Lev. 23:10, 11, 22. 2. Christ the firstfruits—1 Cor. 15:20, 23. 3. We have firstfruits of Spirit—Rom. 8:23. 4. We are the firstfruits of creatures—Jas. 1:18. 5. Firstfruits of tribulation period—Rev. 14:4. II. The harvest: 1. Harvest in type—Lev. 23:10, 22. 2. We are part of harvest—Matt. 13:30. 3. The full harvest reaped in tribulation period— Rev. 14:15. 4. Harvest at end of this age—Matt. 13:39. DEVOTIONAL SUBJECTS 305 LOST BOOKS NAMED IN SCRIPTURE I. Books which are named but not known: proche —_ © . The book of the wars of the Lord—Num. 21:14. . The book of Jasher—Joshua 10:13. . The books of the acts of Solomon—1 Kings 11:41. . The book of Samuel the seer—2 Chron. 29:29. The book of Nathan the prophet—1 Chron. 29:29; 2 Chron. 9:29. . The book of Gad the seer—1 Chron. 29:29, . The prophecy of Ahijah the Shilonite—2 Chron. 9:29 The visions of Iddo the seer—2 Chron. 9:29: 12:15: 13:22. . The book of Shemaiah the prophet—2 Chron. 12:15. . The book of Jehu the son of Hanani—2 Chron. 20 :34. . The book of the chronicles of the kings of Media and Persia—Esther 10:2. THE MYSTERY OF GOD I. Its origin: L; 2. Ordained before the world—1 Cor. 2:7. Purposed in Christ—Eph. 1:3, 9. II. Its hiding: 7 Not known in other ages—Eph. 3:3-5. 2. Hid since the world—Rom. 16:25. III. Its revelation: 1. To Paul—Eph. 3:1-5; Col. 1:25, 26; Rom. 10 OR 20: IV. Its meaning: ifs re 3. God in the flesh—1 Tim. 3:16. One body—Eph. 5 :29-32. Gentiles, fellow-heirs—Eph. 3 :3-6. 306 OuTLINE BrBLE STUDIES 4, “Christ in you the hope of glory”—Col. 1:27. 5. Not all sleep, all changed—1 Cor. 15:51, 52. 6. Gather all into Christ—Eph. 1:9, 10. V. Its consummation: 1. In the time of the seventh angel—Rev. 10:7. 2. Glory—2 Cor. 4:17. 3. Resurrection body—2 Cor. 5:1. 4, Habitations—Luke 16:9. THE MYSTERIES OF GOD The word mystery comes from the Greek noun mustérion, which is from the verb mué, which means, to shut the mouth. A mystery, then, is a thing unspoken, that is, a secret. From a scriptural standpoint it is a divine thought, fact, purpose, or plan which is at first hidden and afterwards revealed, and which, being re- vealed, needs to be studied and understood. ~ I. The mystery of evil: 1. The mystery of iniquity—2 Thess. 2:7. 2. The mystery of Babylon—Rev. 17:5. sf ae oe of the woman (apostasy )—Rev. 1/37. II. The mystery of good: 1. The mysteries of God—1 Cor. 4:1; Col. 2:2; Rev. 10:7. 2. The mystery of Christ—Eph. 3:4; Col. 1:26, 27. 3. The mystery of God’s will—Eph. 1:9. 4. The mystery of God’s wisdom—1 Cor. 2:7. 5. The mysteries of the kingdom—Matt. 13:11; Mark 4:11; Luke 8:10. 6. The mystery of Israel—Rom. 11:25. 7. The mystery of the church—Eph. 3:3; 5:32. 8. The mystery of the gospel—Rom. 16:25, 26; Eph. 6:19. 9. The mystery of the faith—1 Tim. 3:9. iY The mystery of godliness—1 Tim. 3:16. . The mystery of Christ’s coming—1 Cor. 15:51- 5S: PART XIV RESURRECTION The doctrine of the resurrection of Jesus Christ, like that of the atonement, is an essential part of the Christian faith. If Christ was not raised from the dead, we are of all men most pitiable, since we are yet in our sins. Christ’s death alone did not and could not save us; for, while He died for our offenses, it was necessary that He should be raised again for our justification, the last act both supplementing and securing the first. This includes the physical resurrection of Christ. He lived in spirit before His incarnation; but it was needful that He should be incarnated. Likewise, He lived in spirit after His death and burial, it being thus, while His body was in the grave, that He went into Hades; but it was needful that He should be resurrected. His life, there- fore, in the spirit, either before birth or after death, was not sufficient. As He had lived, so He had to die; and as He died, so He had to be made alive again. He had lived in the body, and hence He died in the same; He had died in the body, and hence He was made alive in the same. It is this fact that gives the Christian his certain and sure hope that he too will rise from the dead; for Christ, in resurrection, was the true Head of the body, and what is true of the Head must also be true of the members. Christ, then, is raised from the dead; and, being raised, He is the firstfruits of them that do and will sleep, PERSONS WHO WERE RAISED FROM THE DEAD I. In Old Testament times: 1. The woman’s son, by Elijah—1 Kings 17 :19-23. 2. The woman’s son, by Elisha—2 Kings 4:18-37. 3. The Moabite, through Elisha—2 Kings 13:20, Zhe II. In New Testament times: 1. The ruler’s daughter, by Christ—Matt. 9:18, 23-25; Mark 5 :22-42; Luke 8:41-55. . The widow’s son, by Christ—Luke 7 :12-15. . Lazarus, by Christ—John 11:43, 44. . Tabitha, by Peter—Acts 9:36-41. . Eutychus, by Paul—Acts 20:9-12. . Christ, by God—Matt. 28:1-8; Mark 16:1-14; Luke 24:1-12; John 20:1-18; Acts 2:24, 32; 920 et 00 10 OU 1 tO wos ae OMI 4d Cor. 6:14; 2 Tim. 2:8. ON un & Gh RESURRECTION OF CHRIST I. Prophesied in Old Testament: 1. David—Psa. 16:8-10; Acts 2:25-31. II. Foretold in New Testament: 1. Christ—Matt. 16:21-23; 17:23; 20:17-19; 26:1, 2, 32; Mark 8:31-33; 9:31; 14:28; Luke 9:22; John 2:19-22; 12 :32-34. III. Fulfilled in time: 1. First day—Matt. 28:1-7; Mark 16:5-7; Luke 24 :4-8, 23; John 20:11-13. 309 310 OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES IV. Confirmed by witnesses : 1. Apostles—Acts 2:24, 32; 3:26; 4:33; 5:30; 13200 O/Seca les Rom. 1:45) 8 shit Gor 6:14; 2 an 4: 14; 13:4; Phil. ake 10: 2 Tim. 2-8: V. The justification of believers: 1. Paul’s statement—Rom. 4:25. VI. The pledge of the resurrection of the saints: 1. Christ’s promise—John 6:39, 40. 2. Paul’s assurance—1 Cor. 15:19-23. RESURRECTION In the Old Testament I. Those who believed in the resurrection: _ . Abraham—Gen. 22:12-14; Heb. 11:19. . Job—Job 19:25-27. . Joseph—Gen. 50 :24-26. . Moses—Exod. 3:3, 4; Matt. 22:32. . David—Psa. 16:10. . Isaiah—lIsa. 26:19. . Daniel—Dan. 12:2, 3, 13. . Hosea—Hos. 13:14. CONTO in B OO DO II. Types of resurrection: 1. Concerning Christ: (1) The ark—Gen. 8:13-19. (2) The omer of manna—Exod. 16:33, 34. (3) The rod that budded—Num. 17 :6-9. (4) The live sparrow—Lev. 14:7. (5) The scapegoat-—Lev. 16:20-22. (6) Jonah—Jonah 2:2; Matt. 12:39, 40. 2. Concerning Christians: (1) Those in the ark—Gen. 8 :13-19. (2) The man who touched Elisha—2 Kings 13°20.- 27. Lr. Til. BOL Ve Vil: RESURRECTION 311 RESURRECTION OF THE SAINTS In the New Testament . Held by Old Testament Jews: . Abraham—Gen. 22:12-14; Heb. 11:19. . Job—Job 19:25-27. . Joseph—Gen. 50:24-26. . Moses—Exod. 3:3-6; Luke 20:37, 38. David—Psa. 16:10; Acts 2:25-36. Isaiah—Isa. 26:19. . Daniel—Dan. 12:2, 3, 12, 13. . Hosea—Hos. 13:14. Held by New Testament Jews: 1. Pharisees—Acts 23:6-8. 2. Paul—Acts 24:14, 15. Taught by apostles: 1. Peter—Acts 2:25-36; 1 Pet. 1:3-9. 2. Paul—1 Cor. 15:12-29. 3. John—Rev. 20:4-6, The resurrection body described : 1. Like seed—1 Cor. 15 :35-38. 2. Like stars—1 Cor. 15 :40-42. 3. Incorruptible, glorious, powerful—1 Cor. 15:42, 43, 53, 54. 4. Spiritual, heavenly—Matt. 22:23-32; Mark 12:18-27; 1 Cor. 15 :44-50. CONAMNBRWNE . The resurrection process described : 1. In a moment—1 Cor. 15:51-55. 2. In a first company—John 11:25, 26; 1 Cor. 15:52; 1 Thess. 4:13-17. . The result: 1. Likeness to Christ—1 John 3:1, 2. 2. Fashioned unto His glory—Phil. 3:21. The believer’s hope: 1. We groan, waiting—Rom. 8 :18-25. 2. We look—Phil. 3:20, 21. 3. A lively hope—l1 Pet. 1:3. > & 4¥ ‘ aa = e ~~ oer > PART XV THE DISPENSATIONS The several divine dispensations are so definitely marked in Scripture that their beginnings and endings are unmistakable. Each begins with light and ends with darkness; begins with grace and ends with judgment; begins with life and ends with death. Thus indicated, it is evident that there are seven dispensations, and that these reach from the creation of the present heavens and earth to that of the new heavens and earth, which space covers the whole history of man in this present earthly order. It is important, in the study of the Scripture, to keep these periods in view, as without doing so one can not understand God’s providential and peculiar dealings with men, differing in kind, process and purpose in each dispensation, THE DISPENSATIONS I. Time differs from eternity: 1. The ages past—Col. 1:26. 2. The ages to come—Eph. 2:7. 3. Time in between—Heb. 1:2; 1 Pet. 1:20. II. Time is divided into dispensations : 1. A dispensation is the divine ordering of human affairs—Eph. 3:2; Col. 1:25. Ill. The seven dispensations of time so indicated: 1. Dispensation of innocency : (1) Beginning with creation—Gen. 1:3. (2) Ending with a curse—Gen,. 3:6, 14-19, 24 a: Dispensation of obedience: (1) Beginning with redemption—Gen. 3:21. (2) Ending with the flood—Gen. 6:5-7; 7:10, 21-24. 3. Dispensation of patriarchal government: (1) Beginning with a covenant—Gen. 9:8-17. (2) Ending with fire—Gen. 18:20, 21; 19:24, Aa 4. Dispensation of promise: (1) Beginning with a new covenant—Gen. 15 :8-17. (2) Ending with the plagues—Exod. 7:1 to 14:31. 5. Dispensation of law: (1) Beginning with a _ revelation—Exod. 3 :2- (2) Ending with rejection—Acts 7:51-53; 18:6. 315 316 OvuTLINE Brs_e Stupties 6. Dispensation of grace: (1) Beginning with the Spirit—Acts 2 :1-4. (2) Ending with destruction at Christ’s com- ing—2 Thess. 1:6-9; 2:3-12; Rev. 19:17-21. 7. Dispensation of the kingdom: (1) Beginning with glory—Mal. 4:2; 2 Thess. 1:10; Rev. 1:7; 19:11-16. . (2) Ending with judgment—Rev. 20:7-15. THE PRESENT AGE Key verse: Acts 15:18 In the following passages the word “world” should be translated age. I. The present is one of the many ages: 1. The past ages: (1) Before the ages—1 Cor. 2 7, (2) From the ages—Eph. 3:9; Col. 1:26. (3) The end of the ages—1 Cor. 10:11 ; Heb. 9:26. 2. The future ages: (1) The ages to come—Eph. 2:7. (2) The generation of the ages of the ages— Eph. 3:21. (3) The ages of the ages—Rev. 22:5. 3. The present age: (1) The present age—Gal. 1:4. II. Present-age characteristics: Its god, Satan—2 Cor. 4:3, 4; Eph. 2:2. Its rulers, Satan’s followers—Eph. 6:12, R. V. Its adherents, the wicked—Eph. 2:1-2. Its character, evil—2 Tim. 4:10; Gal. 1:4. Its course, toward death—Eph. 2:1, 2. Its end, destruction—Matt. 13:40. TII. The relation of Christians to the present age: 1. Delivered from it—Gal. 1:4 2. Not to be conformed to it—Rom. 12:2. 3. To be separated from it—Matt. 13:49. 4. To live godly in it—Titus 2:12. Snape AS PART XVI PROPHECY Prophecy, etymologically speaking, is forthtelling. It is, scripturally, the forthtelling of truth. In this last case it is generally both a forthtelling and a foretelling. It has thus come to pass that prophecy most frequently signifies the telling of future events. | In this last. case prophecy concerns God’s purposes as related to both inanimate and animate things. We thus learn what is to become of the world and its occupants, of hell and its occupants, and of heaven and its occupants. In regard to the world, the prophetic utterances relate to the present age and the one which is to come. In re- gard to heaven and hell, they relate, not only to the age which is to come, but also to the eternity which is to follow. The prophecies of the Old Testament are centered in Israel, and include the Gentile nations so far as these are related to that nation. The prophecies of the New Testa- ment are centered in the church, but also include Israel and the Gentile nations as connected with the millennial reign of Christ. In order to understand and correctly interpret prophecy, it is necessary to keep clearly in view the divinely ordered classification of church, Jew and Gentile, not confusing cne with another, and giving to each the proper time, place and destiny. THE LAST DAYS I. Defined: 1. Began with manifestation of Christ—1 Pet. 1:19, 20. 2. Continued through ministry of Christ—Heb. 2 3. Were in the days of John—1 John 2:18. 4. To last to the millennial age—Isa. 2 :2-4. II. Described: 1, Perilous times—2 Tim. 3:1-5. 2. Mockers—Jude 18, 19. 3. Scoffers—2 Pet. 3:3. 4. Antichrists and antichrist—1 John 2:18. 5. Indignation accomplished—Dan. 8 :19-25. 6. Spirit poured out, signs in heaven—Acts 2:17- ZN: 7. Salvation of the saints—1 Pet. 1:5. 8. Jerusalem established, world blessed—Isa. 2 :2- 4; Mic. 4:1-4. THE END I. The questions: 1. How long shall it be—Dan. 12:6. 2. What shall be the sign of the end of the age ?— Matt. 24:3. II. Answers from the use of the word “end,” as used in the original: 1. Hebrew, géts, the utmost limit: : (1) The end at a time appointed—Dan. 8:19; Batic. (2) Words sealed till the end—Dan. 12:4, 9. 319 320. OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES (3) War and suffering at the end—Dan. 11:40; Amos 8:2, 3. (4) Judgment at the end—Dan. 9:26; 11:35. (5) Resurrection at the end—Dan. 12:2, 13. 2. Greek, telos, the goal, or limit: (1) The end, a time determined—Matt. 24:14. (2) The end not yet—Matt. 24:6; Mark 13:7; Luke 21:9. (3) Persecution at the end—Matt. 10:21, 22. (4) Who shall confirm unto the end—1 Cor. 3. Greek, sunteleia, the entire completion, the con- summation : (1) The signs of the end—Matt. 24:3, 29, 30. (2) Judgment at the end—Matt. 13:40, 48, 49, (3) The “harvest” at the ena rate 13539, 40. (4) Lo, I am with you to the end—Matt. 28 :20. III. Deductions: 1. The end-time, a definite period: (1) A time determined and appointed—Dan. 8:19; 12:9; Hab. 2:3; Matt. 24:14. (2) It is half of the prophetic week, or three and a half years—Dan. 9:27. (3) It is the time, times, and half a time, or three and a half years—Dan. 7:25 12:1, 7, 9: Rev. 12:14. (4) It is forty-two months, twelve hundred and sixty days, or three and a half years—Rev. 11:2; 13:5; 11:3; 12:6; (see Dan. 12:11, 12). 2. The end-time, the period in which antichrist reigns and in which he is judged: (1) He shall reign through the end-time— Dani 725426 , . > PROPHECY aA (2) The desolator and the abomination of desolation—Dan. 9:26, 27, R. V.; Matt. 24:15; Mark 13:14. 3. The end-time, the time of tribulation: (1) A time of trouble—Dan. 12:1, 7, 10, 13; Matt. 24:16-22. 4, The end-time, a time when both Jews and Chris- tians will be involved in persecution and suffering : (1) Jews—Dan. 7:25; 9:27; 12:1, 7. (2) Christians—Matt. 24:3, 22; Rev. 1:2, 9; Pe etalon sel oa: THE ANTICHRIST I. The spirit of antichrist is already in the world: 1. Now already is it in the world—1 John 4:3. 2. Even now are there many—1 John 2:18. 3. This is a deceiver and an antichrist—2 John 7. 4. He is the antichrist that denieth the Father and the Son—1 John 2:22. II. There is a final antichrist who is yet to come: 1. Whereof ye have heard that it should come— 1 John 4:3. 2. Ye have heard that antichrist shall come—1l John 2:18. 3. That man of sin shall be revealed—2 Thess. Zoos III. The antichrist is not a system, bui a person: 1. Antichrist shall come—1 John 2:18. 2. He magnified himself—Dan. 8:11. 3. That man of sin shall be revealed, the son of perdition—2 Thess. 2:3. IV. When antichrist is to be revealed: 1. At the last time—1 John 2:18. 2. In the last days—Dan. 8:13-25. 3. At the end-time, when Christ comes—2 Thess. 2:8; Rev. 19:19, 20, 322 OvuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES V. Where antichrist is to arise: 1. From the old world (the “sea” is the Mediter- ranean )—Rev. 13:1. 2. From the locality where stood the Grecian kingdom—Dan. 8 :21-23. VI. What antichrist’s character is to be: 1. A denier of the Father and the Son—1 John the Hep . A denier of Christ—1 John 4:3; 2 John 7. . A liar, and, the lie—1 John 2:22; 2 Thess. Zell: That Wicked One—2 Thess. 2:8. The man of sin and son of perdition—2 Thess. 2:3. A deceiver—Dan. 11:32; 2 Thess. 2:9, 10. A blasphemer—Dan. 7:25; 8:11; 11:36, 37; Rev. 13:5, 6; 2 Thess. 2:3, 4... . A miracle worker—Dan. 8 :23- 25; 2 Thess. 2:9, 10; Rev. 13:12-15. 9. Satan's | masterpiece—2 Thess. 2:9; Rev. 13:4 2 ND wp wh VII. What antichrist’s work will be: 1. He will be a king—Dan. 7:24; 8:23; Rev. 17 :10-12. 2. He will assume great power: (1) Politically—Dan. 7:8, 25; 8:23, 24; Rev..13:1:2° 17:12 1/7 ans tha 44, (2) Commercially — Dan. 8:25; Rev. 13°16,747 (3) Religiously—Rev. 17:1-11, 15. 3. He will corrupt many by prosperity—Dan. 8:25 (margin). 4. He will carry on great wars—Dan. 7 :20-25; 11:21-45; Rev. 13:2-4. 5. He will make a covenant with the Jews and restore to them their land and religion— Dan. 9:27; Matt. 24:15, 16. PROPHECY 323 6. He will break this covenant—Dan. 11 :28-31; OF Soll. 7. He will fight against the saints and destroy many—Dan. 7:25; 8:24; Rev. 13:7, 15; 12:13-17; Matt. 24:15-22. 8. He will attempt battle against Christ—Rev. IFT 3 1419 19: VIII. What antichrist’s end will be: 1. The kings of the south and north will war with him—Dan. 11 :40-45. 2. Christ and His armies will go out against him—Rev. 19:11-19. 3. Antichrist will come to his end—Dan. 7:25, 26; Rev. 17:17. . He will be destroyed—Dan. 7:26; 8:25; 9:27, Reve oe thess: 2°89. . He will be cast alive into the lake of fire: (1) Son of perdition—2 Thess. 2:3. (2) Goeth into perdition—Rev. 17:11. (3) Cast into lake of fire—Rev. 19:19, 20. wm THE SECOND COMING OF CHRIST I. It will be personal: . I will come—John 14:3, 4. . This same Jesus—Acts 1:10, 11. . The Lord Himself—1 Thess. 4:16. . Behold he cometh—Rev. 1:7. . I come quickly—Rev. 22:7. . Come, Lord Jesus—Rev. 22:20. II. It will be literal: 1. In like manner as He went—Acts 1:10, 11. PIAS) Sasa third heaven, or Paradise—2 Cor. BtZ54. 3. Into the air—1 Thess. 4:16, 17. 4. Afterwards, to earth—Rev. 1:7. 5. To Olivet, from whence He ascended—Acts 1:11, 12; Zech. 14:1-4. OV tn & GW DOR Val IV. VI. VII. VIII. OUTLINE BIBLE STUDIES It will be visible: 1. To the church—Heb. 9:28; Phil. 3:20; 1 John oie 2. To the Jews—Rev. 1:7; Zech. 12:10-14. 3. To the world—Rev. 1 7, It will be glorious: 1. In the glory of the Father—Matt. 16:27. 2. In the glory of His own person—2 Thess. 1:7-9; 2:8. 3. In the glory of the saints—Col. 3:4; 2 Thess. 1:10 4. In the glory of the angels—Matt. 25:31; Mark 8:38; Luke 9:26. . It will be sudden: 1. In a moment (an atom of time)—1 Cor. 15351552) ya) ie a lightning flash—Matt. 24:27; Luke 17 :24. It will be unexpected: 1. Men will deny His coming—2 Pet. 3:4. 2. Men will be surfeited and sleeping—Matt. 24 :48-51; 25:5, 6. 3; oy Mery as a thiefi—Rev. 16:15; 1 Thess. It will be in judgment: 1. Against the professing church—Matt. 24:458- 51; 25:11-13; Rev. 3:14-16. 2. Against the antichrist and false prophet—2 Thess. 2:8; Rev. 19:11, 20. 3. Against the nations—Matt. 25 32440. A; Rev. 6:14-17; 19:15. 4. Against all the ungodly—2 Thess. 2:7-12. It will be as King: 1. A King shal! reign—Isa. 32:1. 2. On David’s throne—Luke 1:32. Propurcy 325 3. To rule over IJsrael—Luke 1:33. 4. To rule over the nations—Zech. 14:16; Matt. BAER Ih BAT 5. To be King over all the earth—Zech. 14:9. 6. As King of kings—Psa. 72:1-11; Rev. 19:16. IX. It will be first for and then with the saints: 1. From the third heaven into the air, for the saints—John 14:2, 3; 2 Cor. 12:2, 4; 1 Thess. 4:15-17. 2. From heaven to earth, with the saints—Jude 14; Zech. 14:5; 1 Thess. 3:13; Rev. 19:11- 14. X. It will be to establish the millennium: 1. Present gospel preaching not to convert the world—Acts 1:8; 15:14-16; Rev. 6:14-17. 2. Church to be gathered out, but world to be- come more and more evil—Acts 15:14; Rev. 5:9; Luke 17:26-30; 2 Tim. 3:1-6; 4:3, 4; 2 Pet. 2:1-6, 9; Rev. 9:20, 21. 3. Evil only subdued by personal coming—2 Thess. 2:8; Rev. 19:20. 4. After this the kingdom established—Acts 3:19-21; Zech. 14:3-5, 9; Acts 15:13-18; Rev, 11::15-17, Re V.319:11. 5. This the millennium, or the reign of a thou- sand years—Rey. 20:1-4, 6. XI. It will be blessed: 1. It will be the time of union with Christ—1 Thess. 4:16, 17. 2. It will be the time of reunion among the saints —1 Thess. 4:13-17. 3. It will be the time of receivine the likeness of Christ in the resurrection—! Cor. 15:51- 57 se hil 3 20219 al Lohnss- <2. 4. It will be the time of rewarding—1 Cor. 4:5; 3213,°14 Reve 11615-1822 +12: 326 10. OuTLINE Brete STUDIES . It will be the time of marriage and feasting— 2 Cor. 11:2; Rev. 191-9, . It will be the time of triumph: (1) To the apostles—Matt. 19:28; Luke 22 :30 (2) To the church—Rev. 19:11-14; 20:4-6. (3) To the redeemed Jews—Rom. 11 :25- 323 Acts 1531632 1sa7755 10 aece 8 :20-23; 14:17-21. . It will be the time of the putting down of wrong—Psa. 2:8-12; Matt. 25:31, 41-45; 2 Thess. 1:7-10. . It will be the time of the lifting up of right—~ tsa;322 1-517; . It will be the time of universal peace—Psa. 72 :1-7. It will be the time of universal blessing—Acts 157316,-17-" Rom Ties 12 Isa35 1-1 Joel 2:21-32; Psa. 67 :1-7. XII. It will be speedy: OV tn -B Go DO e The time is at hand—Rev. 1:3. The judge is at the door—Jas. 5:9, The Lord is at hand—Phil. 4:5. I stand at the door—Rev. 3:20. He will not tarry—Heb. 10:36, 37. I come quickly—Rev. 3:11; 22:7, 12, 20. THE JUDGMENTS TO COME Key verse: Heb. 9:27 The term, “general judgment,” is not found in Scrip-’ ture and is unscriptural in thought and expression. In- stead of one judgment, there is, as revealed in the Scrip- ture, to be a series of judgments, differing, for the most part, in the persons judged, and also in time, place, occasion, purpose and result. PropHECY 324 I. There are seven coming judgments: 1. Of Babylon (mystical) : (1) Represents Roman and all other apostasy —Rev. 17:1-6. (2) It occurs-before the coming of Christ and the millennium—Rev. 17:14, with 20:1-5. (3) It is a destruction by God by means of the antichrist—Rev. 17 :15-18. 2. Of Babylon (literal) : (1) The restored city, representing godless, international commercialism — Rev. 18 :1-20. (2) It occurs before the coming of Christ and the millennium—Rev. 17:1, with 20 :1-5. (3) It is a destruction by God by means of fire—Rev. 18:9, 21-23. 3. Of the saints: (1) It occurs at the coming of Christ for His saints and before the millennium— Rom. 14:10; 2 Cor. 5:10; 1 Thess. 4 313-18. (2) It is as to stewardship and works—1l Cor. 4:1-5; 3:11-15. (3) It is unto rewards—1 Cor. 4:5; Rev. Pile 2222) 4. Of the antichrist and false prophet: (1) It occurs at the coming of Christ with His saints and before the millennium —Rev. 19:11-16; 20:1-4. (2) It takes place on the earth—Rev. 19:17, 18 (3) The antichrist and prophet are cast into the lake of fire—Rev. 19:20. 5. Of the nations: (1) It occurs at the coming of Christ with His saints and before the millennium —Matt. 25:31; Rev. 19:17-19; 20:4, 5. 328 OvuTLINE BisLe STUDIES (2) It takes place on the earth—Joel 3:9-17; Matt. 25:31. (3) It is as to the treatment of the Jews and as to rebellion against God-—Matt. 25:40, 45; Rev. 19:17-21. (4) The righteous are sent alive into the millennial kingdom; the unrighteous are killed and sent into hades—Matt. 25 :34, 41, 46; Rev. 19:11-21. 6. Of Satan and his angels: (1) It occurs at the close of the millennium —Rev. 20:1, 7-9. | (2) Satan is cast into the lake of fire—Rev. 20:10 (3) The angels are cast in with him—Jude 6; Matt. 25:41. 7. Of the wicked dead: (1) It occurs at the close of the millennium —Rev. 20:7 (2) It takes place after the heaven and earth have fled away—Rev. 20:11. (3) ait : only of the wicked dead—Rev. 20:1- 15. (4) They are judged from the books—Rev. 20:12 (5) It is a judgment according to works— Rev. 20:12, 13. (6) They are cast into the lake of fire—Rev. LAS; b THE JUDGMENT OF THE SAINTS The judgment of Christians is when the Lord comes for His saints and before the millennium. I. It is not a judgment as to standing; this took place at the cross and is forever past: 12. PROPHECY 329 . Prince of this world has been judged—John bGc 75,4 | . Christ was judged in place of the Adam-race— Rom. 5:15-18. . Christ came in flesh to condemn sin in flesh— Rom. 8:3. . Christ suffered the just for the unjust—1 Pet. 3:18. . Christ made to be sin for us that we might be righteous in Him—2 Cor. 5:21. . Christ was once offered to bear away our sins— Heb. 9:24-28. . Believer has everlasting life—John 6:47; 5:24. . There is now no condemnation—Rom. 8:1. . We are justified from all things—Acts 13:39. . We shall not come into judgment—John 5:24, Nay. . We are appointed, not to wrath, but to salvation —1 Thess. 5:9. We shall have boldness in day of judgment— 1 John 4:17. II. It is a judgment of rewards before the throne of —y oO N AwmBRW DN Christ : Judgment begins with house of God—1 Pet. 4:17. We are all to appear before the judgment seat of Christ—Rom. 14:10, 12; 2 Cor. 5:8-10. Our judgment as to works—1 Pet. 1:17. A question as to stewardship—1 Cor. 4:1-5. Our works tested by fire—1 Cor. 3:10-15. Rewards given when Christ comes—2 Tim. 4:1; Matt. 16:27; Rev. 11:16-18; 22:12. Crowns then granted—2 Tim. 4:8; 1 Thess. eh Consummated by marriage supper—Rev. 19:6-9. 330 OvuTLINE Brete Stupres THE JUDGMENT OF THE NATIONS The judgment of the nations, following the judgment of the saints, begins when the Lord comes with His saints at the beginning of the millennium, continues through the millennium, and is on earth. | I. The living nations to be judged: 1. The Lord comes to judge the earth—1 Chron. 16 :31-33. 2. The Lord shall judge the ends of the earth—1 Sam. 2:10. 3. The Lord shall judge His adversaries—Nahum | Bef 4. The Lord shall judge among the nations—Psa. LOSS. Goro | 5. The nations shall be broken with a rod of iron— Psar72-859: Il. The judgment at and around Jerusalem, with special reference to antichrist’s and the nations’ treat- ment of God’s people, the Jews: . Zion shall be redeemed with judgment—lIsa. 1 324-28. . The Lord exalted in the judgment of Zion’s op- pressors—Isa. 5:13-17. . Rebellious nations gathered at Armageddon— Rev. 16:13-21. . Nations gathered in valley of Jehoshaphat for judgment—Joel 3 :9-16. . The angered nations destroyed—Rev. 6:10, 11, 15-17; 11:16-19. . Antichrist and followers killed—Dan. 7 :23-27; Rev. 19:11-21. . This at the appearing of Christ, when He sits on David’s throne, with special reference to Jews; some spared, who go into millennial kingdom; others killed, who go into hell— Matt. 25 :31-46. . The millennium a continued time of judgment— Isa. 11:1-5; Zech. 14:9-19; Rev. 20:4-10. OAT re CON rn OI dan ae Gaon Nis ee foe OO PRoPpHECY , 331 THE JUDGMENT OF THE NATIONS COM- PARED WITH THE JUDGMENT OF THE WHITE THRONE I. Differs from white throne judgment: 1. In title of Judge: (1) King—Matt. 25:34, (2) God—Rev. 20:12. 2. In people judged: (1) Nations (living)—Matt. 25 :32. (2) Wicked dead—Rev. 20:5, 11-13. 3. In time of judgment: (1) Beginning of 1,000 years—Matt. 25:31 (2) End of 1,000 years—Rev. 20:7, 11. 4. In place of judgment: (1) At Jerusalem—Joel 3:11-16. (2) After earth has ceased—Rev. 20:11. 5. In character of judgment: (1) As to treatment of King’s brethren— Matt. 25:40, 45. (2) As to works—Rev. 20:12-15. THE JUDGMENT OF THE WICKED ANGELS The judgment of the wicked angels is after the millen- nium, and immediately before the judgment of the great white throne. 1. The angels to be judged—1 Cor. 6:3. 2. Many fallen angels now held in hades awaiting judgment—2Z Pet. 2:4; Jude 6. 3. Satan now free, but to be bound in chains during the millennium—FEph, 2:2; 1 Pet. 5:8; Rev. 12:7-9; 20:1-9. 4. Satan to be cast into lake of fire at end of millennium—Rev. 20:7-10. 5. The wicked angels to share Satan’s doom— Matt. 25:41. 332 OvuTLINE Brs_te STUDIES THE JUDGMENT OF THE WICKED DEAD The judgment of the wicked dead takes place after the millennium and after the present earth and heaven have “fled away’; it is a judgment of the wicked only, before the great white throne. I. The wicked to be judged: 1. God will judge the world—Psa. 9:7, 8. | 2. The day of judgment appointed—Acts 17:31. 3. This the White Throne judgment—Rev. 20:11. 4, When only the wicked will be judged—Rev. 2053.0; S: I]. The nature of the judgment: 1. All secrets will be revealed—Rom. 2:16. 2. It will be a judgment according to Law; to the heathen by the Law of conscience, to others by the Law of Moses—Rom. 2.:11-16. 3. It will be a judgment according to works— Eccles. 12:14; Rev. 20:13. 4. The supreme test will be, whether names are in book of life—Rev. 20:12, 15. III. The result of the judgment: 1. Cast into lake of fire—Rev. 20:14,15; 21:8. 2. Tribulation and anguish—Rom. 2:8, 9, 3. Weeping, wailing and gnashing of teeth—Matt. 82129, 22 13% 24-51 25:30: okeeio ce 4. Everlasting destruction—Matt. 25:46; John 3:36; Matt. 25:41; Rev. 20:10; 2 Thess. 1:9. THE MILLENNIUM I. Scripture terms: 1. All referring to the thousand years’ rule of Christ : (1) A kingdom—Dan. 2:44. (2) The kingdom—Acts 1:6. (3) The kingdom of heaven—Matt. 4:17. (4) The kingdom of God—Mark 1:14, 15. (5) A thousand years—Rev. 20:1, 2, 5, 6. PROPHECY 353 II. Described: 1. Its beginning: (1) Established by coming of Christ—Dan. 2-44, 45; 7:13, 14; Zech. 14:1-5, 9; Acts 15:16, 17; Rev. 19:11-16. (2) God’s enemies destroyed—Heb. 10:12, 13; 2 Thess. 1:7-10:; Rev. 19:13-21. (3) Satan bound—Rev. 20:1, 2. (4) Nations judged—Joel 3:11-16; Matt. 25 :31-33; Rev. 19:15. 2. Its continuance: (1) Earth rejuvenated—Zech. 14:4, 6-8; Isa. 65:17; 66:20-23; 49:10-13; 35:1-7. (2) Jerusalem a praise—Isa. 65:17-19; Acts AS10217. Revie 2 ls R274: 2221-5; (3) Christ King over all the earth—Luke Po olsoos sa coe tt ceca 49° oPsa: 7 ten Ol otk eye iL Owel 11 5-17, Rea (4) Law at last enforced—Isa. 32:1; Psa. 89 :18-20, 23, 29-32; Zech. 14:16-19; Rev.) 19:15, (5) Universal peace and prosperity—lIsa. ine (6) Holiness over all—Zech. 14:20, 21. 3. Its close: (1) Satan loosed—Rev. 20:7. (2) Nations deceived—Rev. 20:8. (3) Nations judged—Rev. 20:8, 9. (4) Satan judged—Rev. 20:10. (5) Wicked dead judged—Rev. 20:11-15. THE JUDGMENT OF GOD I. Judgment will be universal: 1. God has prepared throne to judge the world— Psa. 9-7-8, 2. God has appointed a day to judge the world— Pacis Zens ks 334 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES 3. God is judge of all—Heb. 12:23. 4. Appointed to die; then the judgment—Heb. O22%- : 5. This includes the saints—Rom. 14:9, 12. 6. It includes also the wicked—Rev. 20:11-15. Il. Judgment will be righteous: 1. Shall not judge of world do right ?—Gen. 18:2 2. Righteousness and judgment, the habitation ie throne—Psa. 89:14; 97:2. : 3. Judgment, according to truth—Rom. 2:1-5. 4. Judgment, not after sight and hearing—Isa. 1D Rat 5. God tries the reins of the heart—Jer. 11:20. 6. Judgment, according to will of God—John 5 :39. 7. Angels cry: “Righteous are judgments”—Rcv. 16:5-7. 8. Much people cry: “Righteous are judgments’”— Rev. 19:1-3. 9. “How unsearchable are his judgments’—Rom. L133 THE KINGDOM Key verse: Matt. 6:10 I. The three aspects of the kingdom: 1. The past: (1) Revealed in the historic books of the Old Testament and as related to Israel, the kingdom being on earth, physical and visible—2 Sam. 7:1-17; 1 Chron. 17 :7- 15; z. The present: (1) Revealed in the Epistles and as related to the church, the kingdom being in heaven, spiritual and invisible—Rom. 14:175 1 Cor, 4:20% 15:50 aol tora bo Thess. 2312 40°20 Lim 14 lo eee 12°28 272, Pett sey PROPHECY 335 3. The future: (1) Revealed in the prophetic books of the Old Testament and in the prophetic portions of the New and as related to the church, as a heavenly body, the kingdom being in heaven, spiritual and invisible; and also to Israel, as an earthly body, the kingdom being on earth, physical and visible: (a) The church—Matt. 6:10; Luke 13g Actsiel4 22 ol hess: ee teeaZ ed NESSeules Duseeu 1m: 4 Ls Jas. 2:5; Rev. 20:4-6. (b) Israel— Psa. 2:8-12; 67:1-7; Fe l=19- sage -1=20% 35::1-10; fer2325-83— Dane 2°44.7-45: Matte (24-14 PActse 1362202 Tim. 4:1; Rev. 11:15; 19:16-21. II. The various names of the kingdom: 1. The names as related to the church: (1) The kingdom of God—Acts 28:23, 31; Romo 421 /-01< Gors.4:20°26'-9 410: Lo oUne Gale oe Core 4e lit 2 sb ness: Eee (2) The kingdom of Christ—Eph. 5:5. (3) The kingdom of God’s dear Son—Col. 1} (4) The heavenly kingdom—2 Tim. 4:18. 2. The names as related to Israel: (1) The kingdom of God—Mark 1:14, 15; 14-225 3 Luke (13-239), 29 +. 14:15. (2) The kingdom of heaven (used only in Matthew )—Matt. 3:2; 7:21; 18:4. (3) The kingdom—Matt. 24:14; 25:34; Acts 1G, (4) Thy kingdom—Matt. 6:10. (5) His kingdom—Matt. 16:28; 2 Tim. 4:1. (6) The kingdom of our God—Rev. 12:10. 336 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES III. Deductions from the above: 1. The word “kingdom” has a wide meaning and relationship in respect to the past, present and future. 2. The phrase, “the kingdom of God,” is the largest term used and includes all others, as a large circle includes all smaller ones. It relates itself to all those times, places and created _ beings where God’s kingly rule is realized. 3. The phrase, “the kingdom of heaven,” is a smaller term, having special and exclusive reference to the millennial rule of Christ on earth. The “kingdom of God” phrase in- cludes the “kingdom of heaven” one, since God will reign through Christ during the thousand years; but the “kingdom of heaven” phrase only includes so much of'the “kingdom of God” one as the latter is related to the former. 4. The “kingdom of God,” though it is not the church, encloses that body, since its relation- ship is heavenly as well as earthly and since it refers to God’s reign wherever such exists. But the “kingdom of heaven” phrase does not enclose the church, since it is not heavenly, but only earthly—it signifying the kingdom which comes from heaven to earth and is heaven on earth, and has relationship ex- clusively to Christ’s rule over Israel during the millennial period. 5. The special significance of the other terms used may be determined, in each case, by the text and context. THE WORD “SHEOL” Sheol is a Hebrew word which signifies the place of departed spirits. (Use Revised Version for reference.) PROPHECY 337 I, Translated by the word “grave”: 1. In the following places—Gen. 37:35; 42:38; 44:29, 31; 1 Sam. 2:6; 1 Kings 2:6, 9; Job Vegeta Noel /e lose tose e4elo eibsas625.. 30:3; 31:17; 49:14, 15; 88:3; 89:48; 141:7; Prov. 1:12; 30:16; Eccles. 9:10; Song of Sol. 8:6; Isa. 14:11; 38:10, 18; Ezek. 31:15; Hos. 13 :14. II. Translated by the word “pit”: Leein ps following places—Num. 16:30, 33; Job Lie Cay III. Translated by the word “hell”: 1. In the following places—Deut. 32:22; 2 Sam. Pe elle ii 20-0 ror Sav oe t/t) 10 710 * LS OO Dd LO OUT lo tlO lS eo0ee UP roy. BAS Ar o/s O16? MOTEL oti 20 143527 270- tsar 147149 15 028-1572 18 57.9; Bele. SILO doen les Amos: 12 = Jonah 2:23 babe 240: SHEOL In the Psalms (Use the Revised Version for reference) I. Locality : 1. Lowest—86 :13. II. Nature: 1. Thankless—6:5. 2. Silent—31 :17. 3. Sorrowful—18:5. 4, Painful—116:3. III. Inhabitants : 1, Wicked—9:17. 2. Righteous—88 :1-3. 3. All—89:48. 338 OuTLINE BrsLe STUDIES IV. Victors over: 1. Christ—139:8; 16:10. 2. Upright—49 :14. SHEOL In the Proverbs (Use the Revised Version for reference) . Locality: 1. Depths—9 :18. If. Nature: 1. Open to God—15:11. 2. Never full—27 :20. 3. Never satisfied—30:15, 16. 4. Like beast of prey—1 :12. III. Inhabitants: 1. Sinful women—5:5; 7:27. boned SHEOL In Isaiah (Use the Revised Version for reference) I, Nature: 1. Praiseless—38 :18. 2. Capacious and ravenous—5 :14. 3. Inhabitants living and unchanged—14:9. II. Inhabitants: 1. Apostate Jews—5 :13, 14. 2. Seed of wicked—57 :9. 3. Antichrist—14:11, 15. III. God supreme over: 1, Covenant annulled—28 :18. THE WORD “HELL” Heli is the word used in the New Testament to signify the place of departed spirits. PROPHECY 339 I. Hell is the English translation of two Greek words: 1. Geenna; fires in the valley of Hinnom, first oc- currence—Matt. 5:22. 2. Hadés; used by the Greeks to describe the un- seen world; the equivalent of the Old Testa- ment, Sheol (Psa. 16:10, with Acts 2:27, 31) ; first occurrence—Matt. 11:23. THE MEANING OF THE WORDS AION AND AIONIOS The noun aién and the adjective atdntos are sometimes limited and sometimes unlimited in extent, this being de- termined by their connection. According to Aristotle’s definitions in De Caelo and the manifest indications of Scripture, they always carry with them the thought of the longest possible time which either God or man can con- ceive of in respect to the subject in view. Thus, when they are limited in meaning, they indicate the longest possible period within a limited time, that is, one or more ages; and thus, when they are unlimited, they indicate the longest possible period within unlimited time, that 1s, eternity. I. Passages where the words are limited in extent, thus signifying age or ages: 1. Aidn—Matt. 12:32; 13:22, 39, 40, 49; 24:3; 28:20; Mark 4:19; Luke 1:70; 16:8; 18:30; Be 345. Jo ef Olt O52 7 ACIS ck Las OM oer el Lees On 7 Oreo thos et 2 Core4e4e Gal Aeon le2 ls? 32 pote Ole Coal 2654 el imei ss 92. bim, 410 Litusi2 -t2* Heb. 6254926: 2. Aidnios—Rom. 16:25; 2 Tim. 1:9; Titus 1:2. II. Passages where the words are unlimited in extent, thus signifying eternal, everlasting, never (with the negative), for ever, or for ever and ever: 340 OuTLINE BrisBLE STUDIES , > x 1. Aion—Matt. 6:13; 21:19; Mark 3:29; 10:30; 11:14; Luke 1:33, 55; John 4:14; 6:51, 58; 8235,°"91, 2525810 283 26 a4 ee 14-16% Rom. 12255 9:5; 11:36; 16:27,08 Cor. 8:13:52 Cor. 9:93.47 2S Le Gal lit oe ve Stl Zils Phil 220 Sol Se in 87 a 43183> Heb. T2835 65° 6:20 297 17 ea oe 205 FS 21S 8 2 lee Pets ties ee ee ee Silt3:2 Petoos17;'3218sdsJohti2s lean 22 Judesl3, 253’ Revs. LeG 18 s"419 1G yee ae 1435721291026 sel 1152414 57 eee 20-10 2225: 2. Aiénios—Matt., 18:8; 19516 22825 aaa Mark 3:29;.10:17, .30;. Luke (1072525162 18:30; John 3:15, 16, 36; 4:14, 36; 5:24, 39; 6:27, 40, 47;:54,.68; 10-28 12*25 50 sae 3; Acts 13:46, 48; Rom. 2:7 $°5:21; 6:22) 23; 16:26:22 .@or. -4717). 18 e501 sisal ee Thess: -1:9.: 2716 3.1: Vimy 1is16 36:12 Sloe 2 ime’ 2210-latus. 3374.2 bilemia kd oa erene 5-92 6:28 Olly b5 213 20° al Pet oe ne Zi Peti bi tial Tohn W22e2 Se iehio eto ee 20; Jude 7, 21; Rev. 14:6. THE USE OF THE NOUN AION I. Aion: 1. Age or eternity; rendered, age, course, world or eternal—Matt. 12:32; 13:22, 39, 40, 49; 24:3; 28:20; Mark 4:19; 10:30; Luke 1:70; 16:8; 18:30; 20:34, 35; John 9:32; Acts 3:29$:15:18;,Rom. 127244) Goria 2:6,- 7,783 32183 10:11 52 “Gora 1:4: Eph. 1:20302:7* 3: O81] eae Col. 1:26; 1 Tim. 1:17; 6:17; 2:\Tim. 4:10; Hebe 1:2; 8 26:55 9:26% 13 2 Pepe cite 3:18; Jude 25; Rev. 14:11. ry III. VII. Vill. PROPHECY 341 Eis ton aiona: 1. To the age or eternity; rendered, for ever, never (with a negative), ever, for ever- more, while the world standeth—Matt. Zito ee Marked coe bi lave uke. Licoon FORME TAO 1506 Oso o OL oe el Uccos D264 e127 5430 13-9 1416 sels Cars. 83s 2 Gorge Hebieo 0s O20 7/7 lf ches BOGE 20st e1Oni 2ci/5 20) Onn 2s Jude 13. Fis hémeran aionos: 1. To (the) day of eternity; rendered, now and for ever—2 Pet. 3:18. . Eis ton aidna tou aionos: 1. To the eternity of the eternity; rendered, for ever and ever—Heb. 1:8. . Eis tous aionas: 1. To the eternities ; rendered, for ever, for ever- more—Matt. 6:13; Luke 1:33; Rom. 1:25; Dorel SOs lO 2A te COMm nl Lola mrep: 13.:5. . Eis pantas tous aionas: 1. To all the eternities; rendered, now and ever —Jude 25. Eis tous aidnas ton aidnon: 1. To the eternities of the eternities; rendered, for ever and ever; for evermore—Gal. 1:5; Phibe 4s 200s dame shel /eee ook iit 4 Ls Plebsalsre las bette bes Reveal Os Hews 22 BO3 Fea 0 Need i iia Ot Moe LOR eg 8 BEG Fol eal 7a hs 1) 22 25: Eis pasas tas geneas tou aidnos t6n aidnon: 1. To all the generations of the eternity of the eternities; rendered, throughout all ages, world without end—Eph. 3:21. 342 OvuTLINE BisLe STUDIES THE USE OF THE ADJECTIVE AIONIOS I. Aidnios: , 1. Having to do with the utmost time, that is, eternity ; rendered, eternal, everlasting, before or since the world began—Matt. 18:8; 19:16, 29; 25:41, 46; Mark 3:29; 10:17, 30; Luke 10:25;-16:9;.18:18.030; John 3:15;-1b 70s 4:14, 36:°5:24--39+).6:27 40, 14757 Sa Oe. 10:28 12::25,0505° 17 20°35" Acts 13 AO Rome2 27355221 6 6:22.23 9 16 25 eee 4:17, 18: 5:1: Gak 6:8: 2 Dhess. [eee t Tim: 1:16; 6:12, 16, 1932 timid P s2ea10; Witus <1 -25.3:7-oPhilem- 15> blebs o22 eee 9:12, 14, 15+ 33:20; 1 iPet'5 10 2 Perens 1 John 1:2; PRPASE 3:15: Deis 13, 20; Jude 7, 21; Rev. 14:6. THE PERSONS WITH WHOM oe WHEN IT SIGNIFIES ETERNITY, IS CONNECTED I. The Godhead: 1. The Father—Matt. 6:13; Rom. 1:25; 11:36; 16:27; Phil. 4:20; 1 Pet. 5:11; Rev. 4:9, 10; (BA VIED 9 ton Bite fe 2. The Son—John 8:35; 12:34; Rom. 9:5; 2 Cor. Ths Gakit:53 Talim ye 2 iin ae Heb. 1783 ':5.63,6:205 714,217 2425 eee 243) 1. Pet 4:113:2. Petro :18 > Jude wore 16518 5 sl Sioa ele 3. The Spirit—John 14:16. II. The righteous: 1. John 4:14; 6:51, 58; 8:51, 52; 10:28; 11:26; 2 Coro os 1 John 2:17. III. The wicked: 1. Mark’ 3:29; 2 Pet: 2:17: Jude 13> Rev 141i 19:3 =: 20310, PRoPHECY 343 EVERLASTING The Greek word in the following passages, which is translated by the words “eternal” and “everlasting,” is aontos, and signifies the utmost time, that is, eternity. I, God’s person: 1. The Father—Rom. 16:26. 2. The Son—1 Tim. 6:15, 16. 3. The Spirit—Heb. 9:14. IT. God’s attributes: 1. His power—1 Tim. 6:16. 2. His glory—1 Pet. 5:10. III. God’s gifts: 1, Covenant—Heb. 13:20. 2. Gospel—Rev. 14:6. 3. Redemption—Heb. 9:12. 4. Salvation—Heb. 5:9. 5. Life—Matt. 19:16, 29; 25:46; Mark 10:17, 30; Paker 022571 82t830s% lout. 3215) 16.430: 4:14, 36; 5:24, 39; 6:27, 40, 47, 54, 68; £028 25:12 225.550 5172285 7 eActs: 137407048; ROMS c/600 21 seO eee a sallO os leebim., Plo 62121 9ee Tats Jee fel JOON Lies > Ered. aed. JA bor eu se uercls 6. Consolation—2 Thess. 2:16. 7. Heavenly body—2 Cor. 5:1. 8. Inheritance—Heb. 9:15. 9, Habitations—Luke 16:9. 10. Kingdom—2 Pet. 1:11. 3%, Glory—2 Cor. 4:17; 2 Tim. 2:10; 1 Pet. 5:10. IV. God’s judgments: 1. Fire—Matt. 18:8; 25:41; Jude 7. 2. Punishment—Matt. 25:46. 3. Damnation—Mark 3:29. 4. Destruction—2 Thess. 1:2. 344 OuTLINE BIBLE STUDIES FOREVERMORE In the Revelation This word, and its equivalent, “forever and ever,” is the translation of the Greek phrase, “eis tous aidnas tdn avon6n,” which, in the following connections, presents the thought of eternity. I. In respect to God: 1. Christ alive—1 :18. 2. Christ to reign—11:15. 3. Glory to Him—1:6; 5:13; 7:12. 4. Who liveth—4:9, 10; 5:14; 10:6; 15:7. IT. In respect to the saints: 1. Shall reign—22 :3-5. IIT. In respect to the wicked: 1. Great harlot—19:1-3. 2. Followers of the antichrist icant form in Greek )—14 :9-11. 3. Devil, antichrist, and false-prophet—20:10. ETERNAL PUNISHMENT In the Gospel of Matthew I. What Christ declared: . Thou fool—5 :22. . Eye and hand—5 :29, 30. . Weeping and genashing—8 : 1224 Sd, . Fear Him that destroys—10 28, . Never forgiveness—12 :31, 32. . Words to be judged—12 :36, 37. . Furnace—13 :40-42. . Bad into hell—13 :49, 50. . Lose his soul—16:25, 26. 10. Everlasting fire—18:8, 9. 11. Scribes, etc., in hell—23 :33, 12. Outer darkness—25 :30. 13. Door was shut—25 :10. OONAMNBWN Propuecy 345 THE UNSEEN WORLD I. Principal terms used: 1. In the Old Testament: (1) Sheol; translated “grave,” “hell,” and “pit”; first occurrences—Gen. 37:35; Deut. 32:22; Num. 16:30. 2. In the New Testament: (1) Hades, translated “hell” and “grave”; first occurrences—Matt. 11:23, R. V.; Lever) Pie (2) Tartarus—2 Pet. 2:4 (Greek). (3) Bottomless pit—Rev. 9:1, 2, 11; 11:7; LWA 4 Oa ERY (4) Paradise; before the resurrection—Luke 23 :42, 43. (5) Paradise; after the resurrection—2 Cor. (6) Lake of fire—Rev. 20 :14. (7) New heaven and new earth—Rev. 21:1. II, The Old Testament revelation (partial) : 1. Nature of Sheol: (1) Open to God’s eye—Prov. 15:11; Job 26:6. (2) Like a beast of prey—Prov. 1:12; Psa. 49:14. (3) Devouring all alike—Psa. 89:48. (4) Never satisfied—Isa. 5:14; Prov. 30:15, 16. (5) Prison house—Job 17:16; Isa. 24:21, 22. (6) Place of silence—Psa. 31:17. (7) Place of thanklessness—Psa. 6:5; Isa. 38 318. (8) Place of cruelty—Song of Sol. 8:6. (9) Place of pain—Job 24:19; Psa. 139:3. (10) Place of sorrow—Psa. 18:5. 346 OuTLINE Bipie STUDIES (11) Place from which none seemed to return —Job (The ‘Old' Testament saints shrank back from Sheol as a child shrinks from a darkened room)—Psa., 88. | 2. Location of Sheol: (1) Beneath—Prov. 15:24. (2) Downward—Job 21:13; Ezek. 32 21, yee (3) Depths—Prov. 9:18. (4) Lowest parts—Psa. 86:13. (5) Nether parts of earth—Ezek. 32:18. 3. Inhabitants of Sheol: (1) Wicked—Prov. 5:3-5; 7:27; Job 24:19; PSass inl Gc Num. 16:23-34. (2) Righteous—Job 14:13; Gen: 37:34, 35; Sdv oo tL alll. 28 me ea bs (3) Both wicked and righteous—Psa. 89:48. 4. Condition of inhabitants: (1) Wicked, living and unchanged—lIsa. 14:9-15. (2) Righteous; quieted—1 Sam. 28:15. 5. Prophetic views: (1) Christ to go into—Psa. 16:10. (2) Saints to be redeemed from—Psa. 49:15. (3) Gods ascending from—1 Sam. 28:13. Ill, The New Testament revelation (complete) : 1. The nature of the unseen world: (1) The several parts: (a) Two parts in Sheol or Hades— Luke 16:19-26. (b) One part for wicked, a place of suffering—Luke 16:23, 24. (c) Other part for righteous, a place of rest and comfort—Luke LOs2 5! ae PROPHECY 347 (2) Names of the two parts in Sheol or Hades : (a) The place of the wicked called the pit, and Tartarus—Rev. 9:1, 2, HY OIG afl es BS) SY | (b) The place of the righteous to which the saved thief went, called Paradise—Luke 23:42, 43. (3) Location of Sheol or Hades: (a) Before the resurrection—Eph. 4:9. (b) After the resurrection: 1. Prophetical views fulfilled: (1) Christ visited Para- dise in Sheol or Hades — Matt. 12:40; Luke 23:42, 43. (2) Christ came up from Paradise in Sheol or Hades, in order to ascend to heaven —Acts 2:30-32; Eph. 4:10. (3) Saints delivered from lower Paradise and ascended _ with Christ to upper Paradise—Eph. 4:9, 10, 8. 2. Present occupants of Sheol or Hades: (1) The wicked—Rev. 20:13, 14. (2) Fallen angels—2 Pet. 2:4; Jude 6. 3. Future abiding places: (1) The righteous will be under the new heaven and on the new earth—Rev. 21:1-7. (2) The wicked will be in the lake of fire— Rey, 20:12-15; 21:8. 348 OuTLINE BisLe STUDIES HEAVEN Key verse: John 14:3 I. Its names: 1. Paradise (a garden)—2 Cor. 12:4; Rev. 2 “JA 2. A city—Heb. 11°10; Rev. 21:2. 3. Many mansions abiding places)—John 14 2. 4. A house—John 14:2, 5. A home—2 Cor, 5:8, R. V. II. Its occupants: 1. God—Dan. 7:13; Rev. 4:2. 2. Christ—Acts1 -9; 7:56; Rev. 5:6, 7: 3. Spirit—Rev. 4:5; 5:6. 4. Angels—Luke 1:19; Jude 9; Rev. 12:7; 5:2; 10:1; Heb. 12:22. a Saints-“Matt, 17 3eeHeb le 22, 23; Rev. 7 :9- ; 19:6-9. III. A ae : 1. Above—Matt. 14:19; Mark 7:34. 2. Upward—Acts 1:9, 10; 7:55, 56; 2 Cor. 12:2, 4. 3. The third heaven—2 Cor. 12:2. 4. The highest heaven—Eph. 4:10. 5: seek the new heavens and earth—Rev. IV. A state: A place of light and beauty—2 Cor. 12:4; Rev. 21 caste: A place of knowledge—1 Cor. 13:12. A place of holiness—Rev. 4:8; Heb. 12:14; 1 John 3:2, A place of rest—Job 3:17; Rev. 14:13; 21:4. A place of comforting—Rev. 7 :13-17. A place of joy—Rev. 21:4. A place of praise—Rev. 5 :8-14; 7:9-12. A place of worship—Rev. 4:8-11. A place of reunion—Heb. 12:22, 23; 1 Thess. 4 :13-18. A place of waiting—Rev. 6:9-11. A place of fellowship with Christ—John 14:3; 2 COL oe iia a, —y ° PO: AO. C00N Oo. Wh — ay INDEX AARONIC priests, consecration of the, 138 Age, the present, 316. Aion an Aionios, the meaning of the words, 339. Aion, persons with whom it is con- nected when it signifies eternity, 342; the use of the noun, 340. Aidnios, ae use of the adjective, 342. Alleluia, 1 . SAI things,” ALS be *‘Always,” 250. Ambitions, Paul’s, 298. “Amen!” 255. Angels, fallen, 78; cording to, 102; judgment of the wicked, 332; unfallen, 77 Antichrist, the, VAY Appearings of Christ, resurrection, 58; three, 59. Assurance, 124. Atonement, the, 104. Attitude, our, 300; in prayer, 180. Beate 217; and filling of the 69. “Behold!” 244, 245. Belief, 123. Benedictions of God, 302. ‘“‘Betters” of Hebrews, 2532 Birth, the new, 110. Blameless and faultless, 146. “Blesseds” of Revelation, 254. Blood, under the, 105. Bond-Slaves, 135: Born of God, ata Bp be Brides of Scripture, 296. CHERUBIM, THE, 270. Child life, 281. Children of God, 116; of light, 281. Christ, crucifixion Of,. 108; deity of in Joh feos 49: emptying aye SVAR fullness of, 52; identification with, 119; in us, 119; incarna- tion of, 45; kingly reign of, 57; missionary imperatives of, 227; of Scripture, 40; one with God, 41; our High Priest, in the Epistle to the Hebrews, 53; prayer in the Name of, 179; priestly offering of, 55; priestly intercession of, 57; rejected of men, 107; reproducing of, 134; resurrection of, 58, 309; second coming of, 323; suffering for, the Gospel ac- 349 163; the begotten of God, 46; three appearings of, 59; types of, 57; uniqueness of, 51; Virgin born, 44 pata? s declarations concerning him- , 46; instructions for mission- ane service from Matthew 9 and 10, 227; “I. Wills,’? 244; mission- ary instructions and methods, 228; names for his followers, 280; personal claim of deity, 48. Church and Christian woreep pre- figured by Israel, The, 2 Church, of Christ, 214; ial ay of the, PAIR Classics, prayer, 191. “Come!” 248, Commission, the Great, 227. Compound titles of Jehovah, 30. Conditions of answered prayer, 187. Confession of sin, 95. Confidence in prayer, 188. “Consider!”? 245. Covenants, the, 258. Creator and the Creation, 27. Creature, a new, 111. Crowns, 304. Crucifixion of Christ, 108. Days, the last, 319. ‘ Dead, judgment of the wicked, 332; porous who were raised from the, Dedication, 139, Definitions of sin, 92. Deity, Christ’s personal claim of, 48; of Christ in John 5, 49; witnesses to Christ’s, 50. Devotional study of the Scriptures, 20. Discourses, the Lord’s chief, 277. Dispensations, the, 315 Divine healing, 207. Divine Titles in the New Testament, 33; in the Old Testament, 32. ELecTion, 103. Emblems of the Holy Spirit, 61. Emptying of Christ, the, 52. End, the, 319. Ephesians, Our ‘Walk’ in, 291. Eternal Punishment—In the Gospa& of Matthew, 344. Everlasting, 343. Exegesis of Prayer, in 1 Timothy 2: 1-8, 188. 350 INDEX Facts, three universal missionary, 229. Faith, the Life of, 124; women of, 294; and Love, woman’s, 295. “Faithful Sayings,’ Paul’s, 252. Family Relationships, 217. Fasting, 133. Father, Prayer to ee 177, 178. Fatherhood, God’s, 36. Feet of Jesus, the, 386. Festivals, Jewish, 269. Filling of the Spirit, 70. “Finally,” 255. First Fruits and Harvest, 304. First Things, 257. Five Offerings, The—In Leviticus, 105. Flesh, ‘the, 83. Forevermore—In the Revelation, 344. Forward Movement, A, 164 Fruit-bearing, 291. Fulness of Christ, 52. Girt of the Spirit, 62; at Pente- cost, 65; purpose of, 70 Gift of tongues, he Gifts of God, 262 Giving, Scriptural, 219. God, 25; benediction of, 302; chil- dren Of Pe L16-ees is able,” 248; names of, 35; power of, 261: mystery of, 305; mysteries of, 306; nearness to, 164; seeing, 301; sons of, 117; “snared not,’ 249; surrender to, 137; temple of, 299: thrones of 3035, things which have pleased, 263; what he not and what does pers God’s attitude toward praise, 195; fatherhood, 36; little ones, 281; pardon, 112; titles in the New Testament, 34. Gospel, The, 101; angels, 102. Great Commission, the, 227. Growth, Spiritual, 133. according to the Heap and the Members, the, 215. Tiealing, Divine, 207; in the Acts, 207; in the Gospels, 205; means and purpose in, 206. Heathen, Paul and the, 232; Spir- itual condition of the, 233. Heaven, 348. Ileavens opened, the, 302. Hebrews, the “Betters” Of, ead. Hell, the word, 338. High Priest, Christ our—In_ the Epistle to the Hebrews, 53; dress of in the Holy Place, 270; various relationships of the Great, 53. Higher Life, the, 147. Holiness, 140; its limitations, its possibilities, 143. Holy Spirit, emblems of the, 61; In the Gospel of John, 66; office work of, 65; personality of, 59. Hope, 166 Houses, 287. How God’s words were given, 17. Humility, 131. 142; “T Ams,” of John, 243. so. Aims,’ 2" Pauls, 0252. “Inknowss Paulsen coe Ideal prayer and its answer, An—in Daniel 9, 189. Identification with Christ, 119. Incarnation of Christ, 45. In Christ, 118. Inner experiences, 125. Inspiration of the Scriptures, 17. Intensity in prayer, 183. Intercession, the priestly, of Christ; In trust with the Gospel, 231. JEHOVAH-JEsuUs, 40. Jewish festivals, 269.° Joy, 128. Judgment of God, 333. Judgment of the nations, 330; of the nations compared with the judgment of the White Throne, 331; of the Saints, 328; of the Wicked Angels, 331; of the Wicked Dead, 332. qaetnon to come, 326. ustification, 113. Kine and his people, 271. ts reign of Christ, 57. King om, the, 334. “Know’s,” of 1 John, 254. Last Days, 319. Laying on of hands, 220. Leaven, 268. Lending to the Lord, 290. Length of our prayers, 181. Ap WAG ICS RP Bae Life of Faith, 124. Life, Paul’s praise, 198; of, 264. Light, the children of, 281. Little ones, God's, 281. Little things made big, 290. Looking, 301. Lord, lending to the, 290. : Lord’s chief discourses, 277; mir- acles, 274; parables, 276; supper, 219. Lost books named in Scripture, 305. Love, 125. the water a INDEX 351 ——— ne eae Man, the Natural, 83. Marching orders, 227. : Meaning of the words Aién and Aiodnios, 339. ; : Means and purpose in healing, 206. Men who dared, 296. Metals, 266. Millennium, the, 332. Ministers, 221. Ne, Ministry of the Spirit, 66. Missionary instructions and prom- ises, 228 Money, 267. Moses’ “Rod,” 251. Mountain top experiences, 289. “Must!”? 249. Mystery of God, 305. Mysteries of God, 306. NaMep Authors of Scripture, 14. Names of God, 35; of the Spirit, 60. Nations, judgment of, 330; judg- ment of compared with the Judg- ae of the Great White Throne, Natural Man, 83. Nearness to God, 164. New Testament, Non-Resistance in the, 155; pray-ers, 170 New Things, 259. New things of Revelation, 260. Non-Resistance in the New Testa- ment, 155. Numbers, 264. OBEDIENCE, 137. Office-work of the Spirit, The, 65. Old Testament miracles, 273; par- ables, 273; pray-ers, 169; prophe- cies concerning Christ, 38; theoph- anies, 77. “One Thing,” 251. Organization of the Church, 213. Our “walk,” in Ephesians, 291. “Overcomes,” of Revelation, 254. Parasites, Old Testament, 273; the Lord’s, 276. Pardon, God’s, 112. Parentage of Jesus, 42. Patience, 132. Paul, and the heathen, 232; prayer life of, 172; things of which he _ would not have us ignorant, 292. Paul’s ambitions, 298; ‘Faithful Say- ray ¢: pe PAS Wf rirlitsha 0 PAW ADE MCAD | Knows,” 252; missionary attitude —from Romans, 231; praise life, 198; prayer requests, 173; self- estimate, 298; sickness, 203; view of his sinfulness, 95. Peace, 130. Perfection, in the New Testament, 145; in the Old Testament, 144. Persistence in Prayer, 182. Personality of the Holy Spirit, 59. Persons for whom to pray, 184; who did not believe in missions, 229; who have praised, 198; who were raised from the dead, 309; with whom aidn, when it signifies eternity, is connected, 342; with wkom God is said to have spoken, A 52 Peter, the old and the new, 299. Places of prayer, 181. Power of God, the, 261. : Praise does, what, 196; God’s atti- tude toward, 195; in connection with prayer, 195; may be offered for, what, 195; may be offered, when, 196; may be offered where, 197, Praised, persons who have, 198. Pray, persons for whom to, things for which to, 184. ; Prayer, an ideal, and its answer in Daniel 9, 189; analyzed, 177: at- titude in, 180; classics, 191; con- fidenre in, 188; conditions of answered, 187; defined, 176: ex- egesis of in 1 Timothy 2:1-8, 188; in the name of Christ, 179; in the power of the Spirit, 179; intensity in, 183; life of Jesus, 171; life of Paul, 172; length of our, 181; persistence in, 182; places of, 181; praise in connec- tion with, 195; prevailing, 1753 privilege of, 184; promises, 175; requests, Paul’s, 173; saints in, 174; to the Father, 177, 178; time of, 180; unanswered, 186; union in, 185. Preaching, 221. “Precious” things of 1 Peter, 253. Pride.131. ; Priestly kingship of Christ, 57. Priestly offering of Christ, 55. Prisons of the Lord, 287. Privileges of prayer, 184. Progress of missions, 238. Promise of the Spirit, 61. Promises, prayer, 175. Prophecies, Old Testament, concern- ing Christ, 38. Psalm Promises, 272. Punishment, eternal—In the Gospel of Matthew, 344. Putting off and on, 136. 184; QUuESTIONS, asked by God, 282; asked by men, 284. “REMEMBER!” 246. Reproducing of Christ, 134. : eeu eean Appearings of Christ, 352 Resurrection—in the Old Testament, 310; of Christ, 309; of the ape in the New Testament, 1 Righteousness, 1 15 SACRIFICERS and sacrifices, 257. Saints, in prayer, 174; judgment of the, 328; resurrection of the—in the New Testament, 311; some sick, 203; titles of the, 278. Sanctification, 143. Satan, 79 Scriptura! giving, 219. ’ A Scriptural motives for foreign mis- sions 231. Scriptsse, 13; Brides of, 296; lost books named ir, 305; name authors of, 14; tuse to be made of, 19; wells of, 203. Sealed, 251. : Second Coming of Christ, 323. Seeing God, 301. Self-estimate, Paul’s, 298. Sheol—in Isaiah, 338; in the Prov- erbs, 338; in the Psalms, 337; the word, 336. Sickness, Paul’s, 203; _ about, 204, Sin, pe confession of, $5; definitions oO , ° Sinfulness, Paul’s view of his, 95. Sins of ignorance, 94; probable ex- amples, 95. Some facts about sickness, 204. Some impertinent Why’s, 286. Some pertinent Why’s, 285. Some sick saints, 203. Sons of God, 117. Soul-saving, preparedness for, 290. Spirit, baptism and filling of the, 69; filling of the, 70; gift. of the, 62; at Pentecost, 65; ministry of the, 66; names of the, 60; need of be- ing filled with the, 71; office work of the, 65; prayer in the power of the, 179; promise of the, 61; pur- pose of the gift of the, 70; results of the filling of the, 73; soul, and body, 84; wrong relationships with, 72. pores condition of the heathen, 3 some facts Spiritual dynamite, 161. Spiritual growth, 133. Spiritual immaturity, 133. hee eit effect of Scriptural study, 1 Substitutionary death of Chris’, 109. Suffering for Christ, 163. oupper, The Lord’s, 219. Surrender to God, 177. Symbols of the “rriptures, 18. INDEX 8 SS “Take heed,’”’ 247. Temple of God, 299, Temptation, 91. Theophanies, The Old Testament, 77. AU. for which to pray, 184; of which Paul would not fave us ignorant, 292; which have pleased God, 263. Thrones of God, 303. Times of prayer, 180. Titles, God’s, in the New Testament, 34; in the New Testament, the Divine, 33; in the Old Testam: nt, the Divine, 32. Titles of the saints, 278. Tongue, the, 282. Tongues, the gift of, 223. Trinity, the, 29. : in: the Christian’s relationship to, 4 Types of Christ, 37; of Christians, HERR Christians in 2 Timothy » UNANSWERED Prayer, 186. Under the blood, 105. Union in prayer, 185. Uniqueness of Christ, 51. Unity of man’s condition and of God’s provision, 237. Unseen world, the, 345. Use of the adjective Aidnios, 342; of the noun Aidn, 340; to be made of the Scriptures, 19. Various relationships of the great High Priest, 53. “Verily’s,’ of John, 244. WalTING on and for God, 300. Walk, The Christian’s, 160. Watching, 165. Water of life, 264. Wells of Scriptures, 263. What does not and what does please God, 263. What praise does, 196. What we have, 288. When praise may be offered, 197. Where praise may be offered, 196. y we should believe in foreign missions, 230. Will of God, 260. ; Witnesses to Christ’s deity, 50. Woman’s faith and love, 295; posi- tion and place, 292. Women of faith, 294. World dominion, 239. World, the unseen, 345. ‘ Wapne relationships with the Spirit, lal shag id : Saree Date Due | | at ee Naa nat ae ees